ALBERT

Description / Table of Contents: PREFACE The Lower Triassic Buntsandstein in Middle Europe which originated in mainly continental fluvla] environment in the Mid-European Triassic Basin is a famous terrestrial red bed sequence that is discussed in the geological literature since more than 200 years. Much of the earlier work had been devoted to stratigraphical, palaeogeographical and petrographical problemsof the Buntsandstein. The sedimentological analysis and deposltional modelling in the German-type facies, however, is the youngest branch of Buntsandstein investigation and started only a few decades ago. During the last ten years when I began to concentrate on the interpretation of the genesis of the Buntsandstein, much work has been carried out and has already been documented in numerous papers that focussed on various aspects of sedimentology, particularly on reconstruction of fluvial and aeolian depositional mechanisms, significance of palaeosols, importance of fluvial conglomerates, palaeoecology of the fossils, interdisciplinary sedimentology, diagenesis of heavy minerals and origin of the red colour. A summary of the present knowledge in the western part of the German Basin is given in a compilation of regional articles together with general discussions and comparative contributions and especially with an extensive colour photographic documentation in an earlier book (reference on p. 12). In the last few years when more and more material became available not only from the Buntsandstein s. str. (Lower Triassic Scythian) in the Mid-European Triassic Basin, but also from correlative sequences in adjoining areas and even older or younger series of similar facies and origin, it became more and more evident that a synthesis of the state of the art would be necessary, if not inevitably for outlining the general frame and illustrating the diversification of facies associations in numerous temporal and spatial scales. That is why I decided to edit an international proceedings volume on the Buntsandstein which is to compile contributions from many regions and different stratigraphic units with emphasis on various aspects of fluvia] sedi~ntation, but stressing also the importance of the distribution of associated environments such as aeolian dunes and calcrete palaeosols. In spite of my own enthusiasm for the Buntsandstein continental red bed formation (the Lower Triassic red rocks seem to have a very special flavour for being so attractive for me) and regardless of the expansion of my investigations from my original Eife] area (where I learnt how to assess the facies assoCiations in terms of depositional modelling and where I collected an enormous amount of data that served as a valuable base for the production of various case studies which were published during the last years) to several other regions, it was without any doubt that it would not be possible for me alone to finish such an overregional proceedings book within a reasonable time, but that I had to beg various colleagues for their collaboration by writing papers on the Buntsandstein in their investigated areas for this volume. Although the response to my first and second circulars soon showed that it would not be possible to publish a compilation of articles from almost all the studied regions, formations and aspects within a reasonable time with avoiding too much delay of appearance for early contributors, I am very happy that finally many colleagues provided me with papers from almost all the countries in Europe where Buntsandstein is cropping out at the surface. In spite of the tremendous editorial work which was necessary to polish the English, to improve the contents of text and drawings and to put the sequence of papers into a general stream line, I would like to thank all my colleagues who contributed to this volume for their support of the project and particularly for their understanding of my editorial task, especially in case of my frequently serious intervention into their early manuscripts and illustrations. Looking for a publisher in the early stages of planning the volume, I found immediately support by Dr. W. Engel (Department of Geological Sciences of the Springer- Verlag) who generously offered me to take the book into the newly founded series "Lecture Notes in Earth Sciences". From the beginning of organization, writing and editing, I appreciated very much the close cooperation with Dr. Engel who always had an ear for my problems and gave me the necessary freedom to finish the volume along the lines of my intention. Although the preparation of the camera-ready manuscript leaves nearly all the work and responsibility with the author, I am especially grateful to Dr. Engel for his guarantee of almost immediate publication after receipt of the final manuscript which allowed me to polish and incorporate latest ideas up to the very terminal moment. Writing on a subject like the Buntsandstein which has proven to be considerably diversified in terms of sedimentary processes and depositional mechanisms, it became soon apparent that a full discussion along my original intention would easily end up with several thousands of pages in size and would consume much more than a few years. Having already rePeatedly experienced in the past that during course of incorporation of nearly all the relevant literature, the reference l i s t of the final paper is often longer than the whole first draft of the article after one or two years collection of data and ideas, there was no other way than to decide to keep the bibliography short. In order to restrict the book to an economical frame and not to frighten the readership to death, but especially to avoid drowning of the red line through the volume, many contributions had to be written as summary presentations without detailed discussion of the literature. Speaking particularly for the articles that have been written by myself either alone or together with friends, I can assure that this is by no means the result of proud neglectance of other works, but only the necessity of streamlining of the book, and that much of the detailed discussion of comparative examples from the literature has to be done in subsequent special papers. It is impossible to acRnowledge all the people that helped me to arrive at the present goal. Special merits, however, deserve those who stimulated my interest for the Buntsandstein. I am especially indebted to Prof. Dr. G. Fuchs (Landessammlungen fur Naturkunde, Karlsruhe) who proposed me ten years ago to work on the Eifel Buntsandstein for my M.Sc. Thesis, and who later supervised together with Prof. Dr. W. Dachroth (Department of Geology and Palaeontology, University of Heidelberg) the preparation of my Ph.D. Thesis. The good luck of the former to choose the Eifel for me as a starting region (which later proved to have a key position for approaching the evolution of fluvial sedimentation in many other Buntsandstein areas), and the earlier investigations of the latter (although largely unpublished and even only briefly touched in his contribution to this volume) triggered my love of the Buntsandstein which has reached a preliminary climax with the present book. It is my pleasure to dedicate this volume to my two former supervisors with very many thanks for their support and in honour of their merit to have lighted the fire. It is my sincere wish to acknowledge again all the people who contributed with articles to this volume for their help to prepare this summary of the state of the art of Buntsandstein fluvial sedimento]og~y. I also want to sincerely thank all friends and colleagues who supplied ideas and facts in oral or written form and who guided me in the field during course of my comparative investigations that helped me considerably in proceeding with the interpretation of the Buntsandstein. Thanks are also due to Helmut Mader (my father) and Martha Herrmann (my aunt) for their support. I am further indebted to those who have been involved in the various technical aspects of the preparation of the manuscript from the beginning of word processor typesetting of the text and reprography of the illustrations to the final printing. I do hope that the compilation of articles on fluvial aspects of the Buntsandstein in this book will stimulate the interest of many people in the topic of sedimentological modelling of terrestrial red bed sequences and will internationally highlight the position of the Buntsandstein as an extraordinarily attractive case history of fluvial deposition.

Description / Table of Contents: INTRODUCTION Sediments are increasingly recognized as both a carrier and a possible source of contaminants in aquatic systems, and these materials may also affect groundwater quality and agricultural products when disposed on land. Contaminants are not necessarily fixed permanently by the sediment, but may be recycled via biological and chemical agents both within the sedimentary compartment and the water column. Bioaccumulation and food chain transfer may be strongly affected by sediment-associated proportions of pollutants. Benthic organisms, in particular, have direct contact with sediment, and the contaminant level in the sediment may have greater impact on their survival than do aqueous concentrations. Following the findings of positive correlations between liver lesions in English Sole and concentrations of certain aromatic hydrocarbons in Puget Sound (Washington) sediment, it can be suspected that such substrates may also be responsible for a host of other serious and presently unrecognized changes at both the organismal and ecosystem levels (Malins et al., 1984). Modern research on particle-bound contaminants probably originated with the idea that sediments reflect the biological, chemical and physical conditions in a water body (Züllig, 1956). Based on this concept the historical evolution of limnological parameters could be traced back from the study of vertical sediment profiles. In fact, already early in this century Nipkow (1920) suggested that the alternative sequence of layers in a sediment core from Lake Zürich might be related to variations in the trophic status of the lake system. During the following decades of limnological research on eutrophication problems sediment aspects were playing only a marginal role, until it was recognized that recycling from bottom deposits can be a significant factor in the nutrient budget of an aquatic system. Similarly, in the next global environmental issue, the acidification of inland waters sediment-related research only became gradually involved. Here too, it is now accepted that particle-interactions can affect aquatic ecosystems, e.g. by enhancing the mobility of toxic metals. In contrast to the eutrophication and acidification problems, research on toxic chemicals has included sediments aspects from its beginning: Artificial radionuclides in the Columbia and Clinch Rivers in the early sixties (Sayre et al., 1963); in the late sixties heavy metals in the Rhine River system (De Groot, 1966) and methyl mercury (Jensen & Jerne- 16v, 1967) at Minamata Bay in Japan, in Swedish lakes, in Alpine Lakes, Laurentian Great Lakes and in the Wabigoon River system in Canada; organochlorine insecticides and PCBs in Lakes St. Clair and Erie during the seventies (Frank et al., 1977); chlorobenzenes and TCDDs in the Niagara River system and Lake Ontario in the early eighties (Oliver & Nicol, 1982; Smith et al., 1983). In the present lecture notes, following the description of priority pollutants related to sedimentary phases (Chapter 2), four aspects will be covered, which in an overlapping succession also reflect the development of knowledge in particle-associated pollutants during the past twenty-five years: - the identification, surveillance, monitoring and control of sources and distribution of pollutants (Chapter 3); - the evaluation of solid/solution relations of contaminants in surface waters (Chapter 4); - the study of in-situ processes and mechanisms in pollutant transfer in various compartments of the aquatic ecosystems (Chapter 5);- The assessment of the envlroD-mental impact of particle-bound contaminants, i.e. the development of sediment quality criteria (Chapter 6). A final chapter will focus on practical aspects with contaminated sediments. Available technologies will be described as well as future perspectives for the management of dredged materials. Here too, validity of remedial measures can only be assessed by integrated, multidisciplinary research. In the view of the growing information on the present subject and owing to the limitations in the framework of this monography, the reader is referred to additional selected bibliography, which is attached at the end of this Chapter i. Additional information on the more recent publications on contaminated sediments is given in the annual review volume of the Journal of the Water Pollution Control Federation, June edition.

Description / Table of Contents: The study of calcareous bedding rhythms has become an important field in Geology. Often these bedding rhythms are simply interpreted as representations of primary climatic cycles without showing the effects of any appreciable diagenetic overprinting. This study, however, deals predominantly with the diagenetic processes which are usually large and affect both the amplitude and rhythm of carbonate oscillations. The purpose of this textbook is two fold. First, it intends to provide a better understanding of the processes of diagenetic bedding. Secondly, this new approach allows one to quantify and to understand diagenesis in terms of mass exchanges. This is possible through the development of methods which combine chemical data with compaction measurements. These methods can be also used independent of the marl-limestone alternation problem.

Description / Table of Contents: PREFACE It is increasingly necessary to develop industrial and hydraulic engineering constructions under unfavourable geological or geotechnical conditions. Furthermore, it becomes more and more important to build effectively and economically and to find optimal solutions for a long-term steady function of the constructions. This emphatically demands exhaustive information on the structural situations and engineering parameters of local site assessments by areal investigations of the sites and the petrophysical parameters in situ. This requires, however, the use of geophysical techniques. During the last two or three decades international applied geophysics has systematically developed new possibilities for site investigations for the determination of petrophysical parameters in situ as well as for observation of the system building and site. As in "New techniques in engineering", geophysical methods make it possible to develop areal models of subsurface conditions of building sites, to quantify relevant engineering parameters in situ, as well as to analyze the longterm behaviour of the buildings, which are influenced by internal or external factors. With regard to the broad spectrum of applied geophysics, there are few methods, that especially favour application in engineering and groundwater studies. These methods are distinguished by a relatively simple measuring technique and good measuring progress, e.g. the geoelectrical self-potential method, the geoelectrical resistivity method as well as a newly developed devices for geothermic measurements. There exist numerous publications, broadly scattered in the technical literature, concerning the theoretical bases and applications of these methods, but until now, there have been only a few meetings to exchange experience and results on an international level. This was the aim of the symposium "Detection of Subsurface Flow Phenomena by Self-Potential/Geoelectrical and Thermometric Methods", held in Karlsruhe from 14-18 March 1988. An outstanding part of the symposioum was represented by the results of a research project, coordinated by the University of Karlsruhe (Department of Geology and Institute of Soil and Rock Mechanics) and the Federal Waterway Engineering and Research Institute (BAW), Karlsruhe. Regarding the subject "Experiments to ascertain the relations between hydraulic potentials in the underground and the geoelectrical and thermic potentials set off by these", the research work took four years. The project was sponsered by the Volkswagen Foundation/Hannover. The goal was to develop and test objective techniques for detecting leakages in dams, locating, demarcating and designating quantitatively inhomogeneous spheres in dams with the aim of detecting damage and subsurface flow phenomena as soon as possible. The symposium consisted of a three-day lecture meeting with about 40 papers and a summarizing respectively closing roundtable discussion, a visit to the laboratories and to the in situ constructions within the area of BAW developed in the frame of the research project. This included a technical excursion to the Rhine-Staustufe Iffezheim with its very impressive waterway constructions and an excursion to the Geophysical Observatory near Schiltach (Black Forest). The Observatory belongs to the Universities of Karlsruhe and Stuttgart. Approximately 80 scientists from 15 countries participated the symposium. They were welcomed by the Rector of the University, Professor Dr. A. Kunle and the representative of the Federal Ministry of Traffic, Dr. G. Schröder. Professor Dr. H. Hötzl elucidated the scientific problems and the economical importance of the project as a speaker of the research group. The following papers dealt with the fundamental aspects of geoelectrical and thermometric measurements, with the theory of these methods, the state and developing ter~dencies concerning devices, data acquisition, processing and interpretation as well as noise effects. It became clear that the solution of the complex scientific-technical problems of waterway constructions and environmental protection requires broad, interdisciplinary cooperation and international collaboration. Thus it would be possible to minimize the personnel, temporal and economic efforts. The intended cooperation of geoscientists, engineering geologists, building engineers and representatives of other disciplines make it possible, not only to exchange experiences and results relating to international problems unsolved until now, but also to determine new guidelines with regard to the scientific organization of further investigations. Thus in order to inform all interested parties of the main topics of the symposium and to advance international cooperation in the future, the present review includes a part of the papers and reports of the excursions recommended by the participants of the meeting, which have been divided into the following topics: - Introduction to engineering-geophysical problems and attempts at their solution; - Geoelectrical self-potential measurements; - Geoelectrical resistivity measurements; - Geothermic measurements; - Case histories; - Some topics of the roundtable discussion; - Reports concerning the excursions. The editors wish to thank very much all those, who contributed to the success of the symposium and to the publication of the present report. Finally they venture the note, that the authors theirselves are responsible for the content of their papers.

Description / Table of Contents: INTRODUCTION Evaporites may form in a spectrum of environments from continental sabkha (playa) to deep basins (see Kendall 1978 a, b, Schreiber 1978, 1986, Friedman and Krumbein 1985, for review). In the last two decades, many ancient evaporite basins have been interpreted using the sabkha model and the deep desiccated basin model, the former not excluding the latter. However, growing evidence has been gathered indicating that most evaporites are formed in subaqueous environments, so that it cannot be reasonably expected that one depositional model alone will explain the entire basin fill. The chapters in this volume discuss characteristic examples of evaporite basins, mostly of moderate size. Aspects of a saline giant, the Zechstein basin of Central and NW Europe, have been considered in Volume 10 of "Lecture Notes in Earth Sciences"...

Description / Table of Contents: PREFACE Following the economical and social development of the local communities, mountain regions of temperate climates are increasingly becoming the site of valuable infrastructures and important urban and industrial settlements. As the catastrophic events of last years in the European Alps have clearly shown, the vulnerability of these territories has correspondingly increased, in terms of both property damage and losses of human life. Until recently, the hydraulic scientific community has paid little attention to mountain watersheds, except perhaps during the period if the hydropower development. Nevertheless attention was then focused on problems and methodologies somewhat different from the issues of actual environmental concern. More recently, however, hydraulic engineers have joined their colleagues from forest and rural engineering, who have traditionally dealt with erosion control in mountain areas, to bring in their own methodology, already experienced in lowland rivers. At the same time, academic people focused an interest in some phenomena, like massive transport, which is typical of mountain environment. To bring together all these contributions and to make the state of the art of the mountain river science (oropotamology) and technology, an International Workshop was called at the University of Trent (Italy), on October 1989, under the sponsorship of Fluvial Hydraulic Section of the IAHR. Three main topics have been recognized as particularly relevant from the point of view of both research and professivnal people: a) Hydrodynamics of steep channels and local scale process; b) Sediment movement and sediment training, with special emphasis on massive transport; c) Particular features of sediment transport related to non-uniform grain-size. However, as it is the case in these circumstances, the contest of several contributions often spread over more than one topic. In the following Introduction to papers, the three topics were split into 11 Sections, each one devoted to a more particular aspect recurrently addressed during the discussion. The same paper, thus, may be mentioned in different Sections of the Introduction.

Description / Table of Contents: This volume contains the contributions which have been presented at the 5. ALFRED WEGENER-Conference , held in Göttingen, Federal Republic of Germany, 21 - 24 May 1986. This conference was the first international meeting of the IGCP Project 216 :"global biological events in earth history". The aim of the conference was, to discuss (a) the state-of-the-art in respect to the recognition of bio-events and to the analysis of their causes (b) the presentation of new data (c) the strategies which are needed for further research, carried out in the international cooperation programme of Project 216. It was intended to achieve with these discussions a more critical approach to the problems of global bio-events.

Description / Table of Contents: INTRODUCTION Humic substances, comprise a class of biogenic, coloured, organic substances that are ubiquitous in soil, sediment and water. Originally, the occurrence and nature of humic substances were regarded as issues of primarily academic interest. This situation is now rapidly changing, and studies of humics have gained recognition as important contributions to environmental science. In particular it has been shown that humic substances, in several different ways can interact with biologically active substances, thereby modifying their environmental impact. Whereas the history of soil humus studies goes back to the 19th century, the awareness of aquatic humus is more recent. The brownish colour that, in many surface waters, shows the presence of substantial amounts of humic substances, was long considered to be a harmless phenomenon that did not call for detailed investigations. Hnmic waters had few known toxic effects, and the refractory character of hnmic substances indicated the they played a peripheral role in most biochemical processes. In fact, it was not until the mid 70's that aquatic humus was brought into focus in environmental science. The event trigging this was the discovery of the interaction between humic substances and chlorine used for disinfection of drinking water. Toxic substances, such as chloroform, were detected in all chlorinated waters, and humic substances were identified as the main precursors. The role of humics in the mobilization and subsequent transport of trace elements in the environment was recognized for the first time in the early 80's. This role was considered to be of particular importance in connection with geologic storage of high-level radioactive waste. In water with "normal" concentration levels of humic compounds, the speciation of e.g. the trivalent actinides, would be entirely dominated by the complexation with these agents. The topics of this conference (Session 1 - Isolation, fractionation and characterization; Session 2 - Biological and chemical transformation and degradation; Session 3 - Complex formation and interactions with solids; Session 4 - Biological activity; and session 5 Halogenation of humic substances) were selected to represent areas of current environmental interest...

Description / Table of Contents: OPENING ADDRESS On behalf of the Local Organizing Committee, I welcome you all to the first International Workshop on GPS-techniques in surveying and geodesy held at this university. This workshop is designed to bring together experts from various countries and also scientists who carry out, analyze and interpret such measurements with those who work on instrumental and theoretical problems. The workshop focuses hereby on high-precision applications with emphasis on monitoring time-dependent phenomena such as those relevant to geodynamics as well as men-made constructions as those in civil engineering and similar fields. It is astonishing to see how, in spite of all earlier satellite work over the last two decades, GPS-methods became so fast a relevant new technology, in its proper sense, in modern geodesy and surveying besides VLBI and Satellite Laser Ranging (SLR). With the recent development of new dual-frequency receivers the role of GPS-procedures in monitoring large-scale phenomena over big distances will still expand; and the application of kinematical GPS-approaches is of utmost interest in solving high-precision problems. It is indeed fascinating to realize how GPS-methods have become in such a short time a surprisingly efficient and effective, this means : fast, precise and easy to apply, tool which is able to replace already now, after a few years of existence and with an incomplete set of a few out of the 18 satellites (of the final stage), at least partially some expensive, slow and cumbersome classical surveying methods. On the other hand, it cannot be overemphasized that GPS-procedures are still at their beginning and the full spectrum of their capabilities still has to be explored. In Europe, for example, where excellent classical surveying systems do exist the situation is quite different from the situation in other countries such as Canada or the USA. Even within Europe the application types of GPS-methods will vary; for example, in Norway the situation is quite different from central European countries. It is often forgotten, that together with GPS we will have to introduce new concepts and a new thinking in combination with other modern satellite procedures. GPS itself can resolve only a small part of the problems to be solved by modern geodesy but it will open the way to a great variety of new applications and capabilities. Modern global tectonics is just one of the new disciplines of high interest and great practical impact. I could continue in citing other similarly important new fields. GPS is, however, of special importance because it replaces old technologies and fills gaps where modern and efficient tools are most needed. Consequently, also the optimal combination of GPS-methods with new auxiliary and also classical high-precision techniques is of great importance, mainly under the european conditions outlined above. Moreover, the real-time or almost-real-time use of GPS in combination with photogrammetry, inertial geodesy, gravity gradiometry or even classical surveying is of substantial interest. It is indeed important to realize the new concepts in modern satellite and space methods and I, therefore, spoke above of a new "technology" which should be optimally developed as there is a worldwide need of such capabilities and tools. In view of the few active NAVSTAR-satellites in sky in 1988 this is perhaps not the best year for GPS-applications but the right time for a review of the experience gained until now and using it as a base for the planning of the future...

Description / Table of Contents: INTRODUCTION - WHY THIS BOOK? Why study Numerical Geology? Although geologists have dabbled in numbers since the time of Hutton and Playfair, 200 years ago (Merriam 1981e), geology until recently lagged behind other sciences in both the teaching and geological application of mathematics, statistics and computers. Geology Departments incorporating these disciplines in their undergraduate courses are still few (particularly outside the USA). Only two international geomathematical/computing journals are published (Computers & Geosciences; Mathematical Geology), compared with dozens covering, say, petrology or mineralogy. It also remains common practice for years (and $1000s) to be spent setting up computerized machines to produce large volumes of data in machine-readable form, and then for geologists to plot these by hand on a sheet of graph paper! Despite this, the use of numerical methods in geology has now begun to increase at a rate which implies a revolution of no less importance than the plate tectonic revolution of the 1960's -- one whose impact is beginning to be felt throughout the academic, commercial, governmental and private consultative geological communities (Merriam 1969, 1981c). Although a few pioneers have been publishing benchmark papers for some years, the routine usage of machine-based analytical techniques, and the advent of low-priced desk-top microcomputers, have successively enabled and now at last persuaded many more geologists to become both numerate and computerate. Merriam (1980) estimated that two decades of increasing awareness had seen the percentage of geomathematical papers (sensu lato) rise to some 15% of all geological literature; meanwhile, mineralogy-petrology and geochemistry had both fallen to a mere 5% each! In these Notes, geomathematics and numerical geology are used interchangeably, to cover applications of mathematics, statistics and computing to processing real geological data. However, as applications which primarily store or retrieve numbers (e.g. databases) are included, as well as those involving actual mathematical calculations, 'Numerical Geology' is preferred in the title. 'Geomathematics' in this sense should not be confused with 'geostatistics', now usually restricted to a specialised branch of geomathematics dealing with ore body estimation (§20). Reasons for studying Numerical Geology can be summarised as follows: (1) Volumes of new and existing numerical data: The British Geological Survey, the world's oldest, recently celebrated its 150th anniversary by establishing a National Geoscience data-centre, in which it is hoped to store all accumulated records on a computer (Lumsden & Flowarth 1986). Information already existing in the Survey's archives is believed to amount to tens or hundreds of Gb (i.e. = 1010-11 characters) and to be increasing by a few percent annually. The volumes of valuable data existing in the worM's geological archives, over perhaps 250 years of geological endeavour, must therefore be almost immeasurably greater. It is now routine even for students to produce hundreds or thousands of multi-element analyses for a single thesis, while national programs of geochemical sampling easily produce a million individual dement values. Such volumes of data simply cannot be processed realistically by manual means; they require mathematical and statistical manipulation on computers -- in some cases large computers. (2) Better use of coded/digitised data: In addition to intrinsically numerical (e.g. chemical) data, geology produces much information which can be more effectively used if numerically coded. For example, relatively little can be done with records of, say, 'limestone' and 'sandstone' in a borehole log, but very much more can be done if these records are numerically coded as 'limestone = 1' and 'sandstone = 2'. Via encoding, enormous volumes of data are opened to computer processing which would otherwise have lain dormant. More importantly, geological maps - perhaps the most important tool of the entire science - can themselves be digitised (turned into large sets of numbers), opening up vast new possibilities for manipulation, revision, scale-change and other improvements. (3) Intelligent data use: It is absurd to acquire large volumes of data and then not to interpret them fully. Field geologists observing an outcrop commonly split into two (or more) groups, arguing perhaps over the presence or absence of a preferred orientation in kyanite crystals on a schist foliation surface. The possibility of actually measuring these orientations and analyzing them statistically (§17) is rarely aired-- at last in this author's experience! Petrologists are equally culpable when they rely on X-Y or, at maximum 'sophistication', X-Y-Z (triangular) variation diagrams, in representing the evolution of igneous rocks which have commonly been analyzed for up to 50 elements! Whereas some geological controversies (especially those based on interpretation of essentially subjective field observations) cannot be resolved numerically, many others can and should be. This is not to say (as Lord Kelvin did) that quantitative science is the only good science, but qualitative treatment of quantitative data is rarely anything but bad science. (4) Literature search and data retrieval: Most research projects must begin with reviews of the literature and, frequently, with exhaustive compilations of existing data. These are essential if informed views on the topic are to be reached, existing work is not merely to be duplicated, and optimum use is to be made of available funding, The ever-expanding geological literature, however, makes such reviews and compilations increasingly time-consuming and expensive via traditional manual means. Use of the increasing number of both bibliographical and analytical databases (§3) is therefore becoming a prequisite for well-informed, high-quality research. (5) Unification of interests: In these days of inexorably increasing specialisation in ever narrower topics, brought about by the need to keep abreast of the exploding literature, numerical geology forms a rare bridge between different branches not only of geology but of diverse other sciences. The techniques covered in this book are equally applicable (and in many cases have been in routine use for far longer) in biology, botany, geography, medicine, psychology, sociology, zoology, etc. Within geology itself, most topics covered here are as valuable to the stratigrapher as to the petrologist. 'Numerical geologists' are thus in the unique (and paradoxical) position of being both specialists and non-specialists; they may have their own interests, but their numerical and computing knowledge can often help all of their colleagues. (6) Employment prospects: There is a clear and increasing demand for computerate/numerate geologists in nearly all employment fields. In Australia, whose economy is dominated by geology-related activities (principally mining), a comprehensive national survey (AMIRA 1985) estimated that A$40M per annum could be saved by more effective use of computers in geology. Professional computer scientists are also of course in demand, but the inability of some of their number to communicate with 'laymen' is legendary! Consequently, many finns have perpetual need for those rare animals who combine knowledge of computing and mathematics with practical geological experience. Their unique bridging role also means that numerical geologists are less likely to be affected by the vaguaries of the employment market than are more specialised experts. Rationale and aims of this book This is a highly experimental book, constituting the interim text for new (1988) courses in 'Numerical Geology' at the University of Western Australia. It is published in the Springer Lecture Notes in Earth Sciences series precisely because, as the rubric for this series has it, "the timeIiness of a manuscript is more important than its form, which may be unfinished or tentative." Readers are more than welcome to send constructive comments to the author, such that a more seasoned, comprehensive version can be created in due course. Readers' indulgence is meanwhile craved for the number of mistakes which must inevitably remain in a work involving so many citations and cross-references. Emphasis is particularly placed on the word Notes in the series rifle: this book is not a statistical or mathematical treatise. It is not intended to stand on its own, but rather to complement and target the existing literature. It is most emphatically not a substitute for sound statistical knowledge, and indeed, descriptions of each technique are deliberately minimized such that readers shouM never be tempted to rely on this book alone, but should rather read around the subject in the wealth of more authoritative statistical and geomathematical texts cited. In other words, this is a synoptic work, principally about 'how to do', 'when not to do', 'what are the alternatives' and 'where to find out more'. It aims specifically: (1) to introduce geologists to the widest possible range of numerical methods which have already appeared in the literature; and thus (2) to infuse geologists with just sufficient background knowledge that they can: (a) locate more detailed sources of information; (b) understand the broad principles behind interpreting most common geological problems quantitatively; (c) appreciate how to take best advantage of computers; and thereby (d) cope with the "information overload" (Griffiths 1974) which they increasingly face. Even these aims require the reader to become to some extent geologist, computer scientist, mathematician and statistician rolled into one, and a practical balance has therefore been attempted, in which just enough information is hopefully given to expedite correct interpretation and avoidance of pitfalls, but not too much to confuse or deter the reader. Despite the vast literature in mathematics, statistics and computing, and that growing in geomathematics, no previous book was found to fulfill these alms on its own. The range of methods covered here is deliberately much wider than in previous geomathematical textbooks, to provide at least an introduction to most methods geologists may encounter, but other books are consequently relied on for the detail which space here precludes. These Notes adopt a practical approach similar to that in language guidebooks -- at the risk of emulating the 'recipe book' abhorred in some quarters. Every Topic provides a minimum of highly condensed sketch-notes (fuller descriptions are included only where topics are not well covered in existing textbooks), complemented by worked examples using real data from as many fields of geology as space permits. Specialists should thereby be able to locate at least one example close to their problems of the moment. In the earlier (easier) topics, simple worked examples are calculated in full, and equations are given wherever practicable (despite their sometimes forbidding appearance), to enable readers not only to familiarise themselves with the calculations but also to experiment with their own data. In the later (multivariate) topics (where few but the sado-masochistic would wish to try the calculations by hand!), the worked examples comprise simplified output from actual software, to familiarise readers with the types of computer output they may have to interpret in practice. Topics were arranged in previous geomathematical textbooks by statistical subject: 'analysis of variance', 'correlation', 'regression', etc., while nonparametric (rank) methods were usually dealt with separately from classical methods (if at all). Here, topics are arranged by operation (what is to be done), and both classical and rank techniques are covered together, with similar emphasis. When readers know what they want to do, therefore, they need only look in one Topic for all appropriate techniques. The main difficulty of this work is the near impossibility of its goal-- though other books with similarly ambitious goals have been well enough received (e.g.J.Math.Geol. 18(5), 511-512). Some constraints have necessarily been imposed to keep the Notes of manageable size. Geophysics, for example, is sketchily covered, because (i) numerical methods are already far more integrated into most geophysics courses than geology courses; (ii) several recent textbooks (e.g. Cantina & Janecek 1984) cover the corresponding ground for geophysicists. Structural geology is less comprehensively covered or cited than, say, stratigraphy, because (a) it commands many applications of statistics and computing unto itself alone (e.g. 3-D modelling, 'unravelling' of folds), whereas these Notes aim at techniques equally applicable to most branches of geology; (b) excellent comprehensive reviews of structural applications are already available (e.g. Whitten 1969,1981). Remote sensing is also barely covered, since comprehensive source guides similar in purpose to the present one already exist (Carter 1986). For the sake of brevity, phrases throughout this book which refer to males are, with apologies to any whose sensitivities are thereby offended, taken to include females!

Description / Table of Contents: Pages 1-13 / Maars of the Westeifel, Germany / G. Büchel --- Pages 15-60 / Syn- and post-eruptive mechanism of the Alaskan Ukinrek Maars in 1977 / G. Büchel, V. Lorenz --- Pages 61-80 / Maars and maar lakes of the Westeifel Volcanic Field / Jörg F. W. Negendank, Bernd Zolitschka --- Pages 81-94 / Maars of northern Auvergne (Massif Central, France): State of knowledge / E. Juvigné, G. Camus, A. de Goër de Herve --- Pages 95-107 / Palaeoenvironmental investigations on long sediment cores from volcanic lakes of Lazio (central Italy)—An overview / Maria Follieri, Donatella Magri, Biancamaria Narcisi --- Pages 109-116 / Geophysical mapping of organic sediments / Stefan Wende, Reinhard Kirsch --- Pages 117-118 / Preliminary uniboom survey of the Monticchio Lakes (southern Italy) / A. Stefanon --- Pages 119-128 / Sonar investigations in the Laghi di Monticchio (Mt. Vúlture, Italy) / Ralph B. Hansen --- Pages 129-148 / Climatic and tectonic effects on sedimentation in central Italian volcano lakes (Latium)—Implications from high resolution seismic profiles / F. Niessen, A. Lami, P. Guilizzoni --- Pages 149-161 / Sediments and basin analysis of Lake Schalkenmehrener Maar / T. Heinz, B. Rein, J. F. W. Negendank --- Pages 163-171 / Organic carbon contents of sediments from Lake Schalkenmehrener Maar: A paleoclimate indicator / B. Rein, J. F. W. Negendank --- Pages 173-194 / Basin analysis for selected time-frames using sedimentation rates in Lake Meerfelder Maar (Westeifel FRG) / F. Wegner, J. F. W. Negendank --- Pages 195-208 / Turbidites in the sediments of Lake Meerfelder Maar (Germany) and the explanation of suspension sediments / D. Drohmann, J. F. W. Negendank --- Pages 209-222 / Paleoclimate reconstruction at the Pleistocene/Holocene transition—A varve dated microstratigraphic record from Lake Meerfelder Maar (Westeifel, Germany) / D. Poth, J. F. W. Negendank --- Pages 223-235 / Paleoenvironmental reconstruction of the Late- and Postglacial sedimentary record of Lake Weinfelder Maar / A. Brauer, J. F. W. Negendank --- Pages 237-275 / Sedimentology and paleoenvironment from the Maar Lac du Bouchet for the last climatic cycle, 0-120,000 years (Massif Central, France) / Elisabeth Truze, Kerry Kelts --- Pages 277-288 / Lago Grande di Monticchio (southern Italy) a high resolution sedimentary record of the last 70,000 years / Bernd Zolitschka, Jörg F. W. Negendank --- Pages 289-304 / A multidisciplinary study of the Vico Maar sequence (Latium, Italy): Part of the last cycle in the Mediterranean area. Preliminary results / P. Francus, S. Leroy, I. Mergeai, G. Seret, G. Wansard --- Pages 305-316 / Environmental geology and geochemistry of lake sediments (Holzmaar, Eifwl, Germany) / B. G. Lottermoser, R. Oberhänsli, B. Zolitschka, J. F. W. Negendank, U. Schütz… --- Pages 317-332 / Geochemistry of Lago Grande di Monticchio, S. Italy / C. Robinson, G. B. Shimmield, K. M. Creer --- Pages 333-348 / Tephrochronology of core C from Lago Grande di Monticchio / Anthony J. Newton, Andrew J. Dugmore --- Pages 349-365 / A palaeomagnetic study of maar-lake sediments from the Westeifel / B. Haverkamp, Th. Beuker --- Pages 367-376 / Preliminary 50m palaeomagnetic records from Lac du Bouchet, Haute Loire, France / T. Williams, K. M. Creer, N. Thouveny --- Pages 377-392 / Palaeomagnetic investigations of Lago Grande di Monticchio, southern Italy / Ian Turton --- Pages 393-420 / Late-Glacial/Holocene changes of the climatic and trophic conditions in three Eifel maar lakes, as indicated by faunal remains. I. Cladocera / Wolfgang Hofmann --- Pages 421-433 / Late-glacial/Holocene changes of the climatic and trophic conditions in three Eifel maar lakes, as indicated by faunal remains. II. Chironomidae (Diptera) / Wolfgang Hofmann --- Pages 435-439 / Ostracoda (Crustacea) and trichoptera (Insecta) from Late-and Postglacial sediments of some European maar lakes / Burkhard W. Scharf --- Pages 441-446 / Oligocence dinoflagellate-cysts in Quaternary freshwater sediments of Eifel maars / H. Weiler --- Pages 447-465 / Tertiary maars of the Hocheifel Volcanic Field, Germany / G. Büchel, M. Pirrung --- Pages 467-476 / Some aspects of Cenozoic maar sediments in Europe: the source-rock potential and their exceptionally good fossil preservation / W. Zimmerle --- Pages 477-484 / Palaeoecological implications from the sedimentary record of a subtropical maar lake (Eocene Eckfelder Maar; Germany) / Bernd Zolitschka --- Pages 485-489 / Arthropods from the Eocene Eckfelder Maar (Eifel, Germany) as a source for paleoecological information / H. Lutz --- Pages 491-497 / Flowers from the Middle Eocene of Eckfeld (Eifel, Germany)— First results / H. Frankenhäuser, V. Wilde --- Pages 499-503 / Initial results on the importance of a flora from the Middle Eocene of Eckfeld (Eifel, W.-Germany) / V. Wilde, H. Frankenhäuser --- Pages 505-509 / International Maar Deep Drilling Project (MDDP) a challenge for earth sciences? / Jörg F. W. Negendank, Bernd Zolitschka

Description / Table of Contents: 1. Planets, Meteorites and Cosmic Dusts --- Primordial Xe Isotopic Abundances and 244Pu-136Xe Ages of Primitive Xe Differentiated Achondrites / Eugster O., Weigel A., and Michel Th. / pp. 1-9 --- The RELAX Mass Spectrometer and Its Application to Iodine-Xenon Dating / Gilmour J. D. and Turner G. / pp. 11-21 --- Enrichment and Fractionation of Noble Gases in Bubbles / Takaoka N. / pp. 23-29 --- "Q-Gases" as "Local" Primordial Noble Gas Component in Primitive Meteorites / Wieler R. / pp. 31-41 --- Weathering and Atmospheric Noble Gases in Chondrites / Scherer P., Schultz L., and Loeken T. / pp. 43-53 --- Radiogenic Noble Gas Constraints on Mars' Evolution / Sasaki S. / pp. 55-66 --- Retentivity of Solar He and Ne in IDPS in Deep Sea Sediment / Hiyagon H. / pp. 67-75 --- Influx and Age Constraints on the Recycled Cosmic Dust Explanation for High 3He/4He Ratios at Hotspot Volcanos / Trull T. / pp. 77-88 --- 2. Mantle and Crust --- Geochronology of Tellurium Ores and the Double-Beta Decay Lifetime of 130Te / Podosek F. A., Brannon J. C., Bernatowicz T. J., Brazzle R., Grauch R., Cowsik R., and Hohenberg C. M. / pp. 89-113 --- Cosmic-Ray-Produced Neon at the Surface of the Earth / Graf T., Kim J. S., Marti K., and Niedermann S. / pp. 115-123 --- Current Status of Xes-Xen Dating / Shukolyukov Yu. A., Meshik A. P., Krylov D. P., and Pravdivtseva O. V. / pp. 125-146 --- Atmospheric, MORB-Like, and Crustal-Derived Noble Gas Components in Subduction-Related Samples / Patterson D. B., Honda M., and McDougall I. / pp. 147-158 --- Noble Gases in Deformed Xenoliths from an Ocean Island: Characterization of a Metasomatic Fluid / Farley K. A., Poreda R. J., and Onstott T. C. / pp. 159-178 --- Deconvolution of Multiple Components of Neon and Helium in Mantle-Derived Samples / Patterson D. B., Honda M., and McDougall I. / pp. 179-189 --- Neon and Argon Isotopic Constraints on Earth-Atmosphere Evolution / Marty B. and Allé P. / pp. 191-204 --- The Effect of Water on Noble Gas Signatures of Volcanic Materials / Kaneoka I. / pp. 205-215 --- 3. Water, Gases and Diamonds --- Indigenous and Extraneous Noble Gases in Terrestrial Diamonds / Begemann F. / pp. 217-227 --- Isotopic Variations of Helium in the Diamonds of the Kokchetav Massif's Metamorphic Rocks, Kazakhstan / Pleshakov A. M. and Shukolyukov Yu. A. / pp. 229-243 --- Helium Isotopic Information from Diamonds: Critical Data Available and Needed / Lal D. / pp. 245-260 --- He-Ar Isotope Systematics of Fluid Inclusions: Resolving Mantle and Crustal Contributions to Hydrothermal Fluids / Stuart F., Turner G., and Taylor R. / pp. 261-277 --- Mantle Helium in the Groundwater of the Mirror Lake Basin, New Hampshire, U.S.A. / Torgersen T., Drenkard S., Farley K., Schlosser P., and Shapiro A. / pp. 279-292 --- Volcanic Activity Revealed by Isotope Systematics of Gases from Hydrothermal Springs in Tengchong, China / Wang X., Chen J., Li Y., Wen Q., Sun M., Li C., and Hu G. / pp. 293-304 --- Helium Isotopic Compositions in Quaternary Volcanic Geothermal Area near Indo-Eurasian Collisional Margin at Tengchong, China / Xu S., Nakal S., Wakita H., Wang X., and Chen J. / pp. 305-313 --- 4. Basic Properties --- Sites and Behaviors ofNoble Gas Atoms in MgO Crystal Simulated by the Molecular Dynamics (MD) Method / Tsuchiyama A. and Kawamura K. / pp. 315-323 --- Noble Gas Solubilities in Melts and Crystals / Carroll M. R., Draper D. S., Brooker R. A., and Kelley S. / pp. 325-341 --- Noble Gas Partition between Basaltic Melt and Olivine Crystals at High Pressures / Shibata T., Takahashi E., and Ozima M. / pp. 343-354 --- Noble Gas Partitioning between Metal and Silicate under High Pressures: The Case of Iron and Peridotite / Sudo M., Ohtaka O., and Matsuda J. / pp. 355-372 --- Noble Gas Partitioning in Natural Samples: Results from Coexisting Glass and Olivine Phenocrysts in Four Hawaiian Submarine Basalts / Valbracht P. J., Honda M., Staudigel H., McDougall I., and Trost A. P. / pp. 373-381 --- Retrospective --- After Dinner Talk (A Diagrammatic Summary of Noble Gas Isotope Research in the Physics Department at Berkeley) / Reynolds J. H. / pp. 383-386

Description / Table of Contents: PART I PARTICLE SIMULATIONS --- INTRODUCTION TO PARTICLE SIMULATION MODELS AND OTHER APPLICATION TO ELECTROSTATIC PLASMA WAVES / Hideo Okuda / pp. 3-41 --- PARTICLE SIMULATION OF ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES AND ITS APPLICATION TO SPACE PLASMAS / Hiroshi Matsumoto and Yoshiharu Omura / pp. 43-102 --- RELATIVISTIC CODE APPLIED TO RADIATION GENERATION / A. T. Lin / pp. 103-116 --- MODERN DEVELOPMENT IN PARTICLE SIMULATION / J. C. Adam / pp. 117-130 --- PART II MHD SIMULATIONS --- PRINCIPLES OF MAGNETOHYDRODYNAMIC SIMULATION IN SPACE PLASMAS / Tetsuya Sato / pp. 133-153 --- MHD MODELLING OF THE EARTH'S MAGNETOSPHERE / C. C. Wu / pp. 155-177 --- NUMERICALLY-SIMULATED FORMATION AND PROPAGATION OF INTERPLANETARY SHOCKS / S. T. Wu / pp. 179-201 --- ANOMALOUS TRANSPORT BY KELVIN-HELMHOLTZ INSTABILITIES / Akira Miura / pp. 203-224 --- PART III OTHER-METHOD SIMULATIONS --- PARTICLE BEHAVIOR IN THE MAGNETOSPHERE / R. A. Wolf and R. W. Spiro / pp. 227-254 --- HYBRID SIMULATION TECHNIQUES APPLIED TO THE EARTH'S BOW SHOCK / D. Winske and M. M. Leroy / pp. 255-278 --- VLASOV SIMULATION OF ION ACOUSTIC DOUBLE LAYERS / G. Chanteur / pp. 279-301 --- SIMULATION MODELS FOR SPACE PLASMAS AND BOUNDARY CONDITIONS AS A KEY TO THEIR DESIGN AND ANALYSIS / Christian T. Dum / pp. 303-375

Description / Table of Contents: INTRODUCTION The evaporite deposits of the Werra district, especially in the Hattorf mining field, are considered a worldwide unique location for the occurence of numerous basalt dikes and magmatic fluid phases fixed in salt rocks. In spite of the great number of studies dealing with the magmatites in the Werra region, previous investigations have rarely attempted more than a predominantly 'qualitative' description of the basaltic rocks and the effects of volcanism on the evaporites (see Chapter 2). The method of interpreting the mineralogical and chemical composition of the evaporites at the basalt contact is based on previous works (KNIPPING 1984; KNIPPING & HERRMANN 1985). This study should contribute to understanding (i) the mechanism of intrusion of the basaltic rnelts and (ii) the metamorphic processes occurring in the evaporites caused by mobile phases during volcanism. Hence, the following methods were applied: The mineralogical and chemical description of the basaltic rocks with recent nomenclature including the possible differences between individual dikes and between surface- and subsurface-exposed basalts. Seven surface and 48 subsurface exposures at the Hattorf mine of Kali & Salz AG were studied. Application of the most recent knowledge on basalt genesis for interpreting observational and experimental results. Studies on the sulfur and carbon isotope distributions of the native sulfur from several subsurface exposures and the enrichments of gases (predominantly CO2) in the evaporites. Calculation of the spatial and temporal temperature distribution in the evaporite rocks following intrusion of the basaltic melts. For purposes of clarity a few of the terms which will be used frequently here will first be defined: basalt - all of the intrusive rocks studied can be assigned mineralogically and chemically to the basalt family in a broader sense. Thus, the terms basaltic rock or, in short, basalt will be used for these rocks. rock salt - instead of the term salt for halitic rocks the term rock salt is used. Besides, the evaporites are generally designated as host rocks (for the basalt dikes) as well. gases - especially in the German literature the term carbon dioxide or carbonic acid (= Kohlensäure) is frequently used for the gases enclosed in the evaporites of the Werra-Fulda district. ACKERMANN et al (1964) found, in addition to carbon dioxide, considerable amounts of nitrogen and minor amounts of methane. In the following therefore the terms gas mixture or gas will be used. The various basalt dikes found in the Hattorf mining field are described here in terms of their mineralogy and geochemistry for the first time. In doing so it is necessary to number them from east to west. To avoid confusion with older numerations (e.g. SIEMENS 1971) the various dike systems are designated by capital letters (A to P).

Description / Table of Contents: The present interest in sediments which are rich in organic matter results not only from their economic significance as potential oil and gas source rocks, but also from the fact that their deposition is the result of special environments. Subtle changes in the environmental conditions may result in great variations in the geochemical and petrographical characteristics of the organic matter. Therefore, the study of organic matter-rich sediments can provide a key to past sedimentary conditions. In addition, the elucidation of the depositional controls is of importance for oil and gas exploration strategies, for which the knowledge of source rock distribution and quality is critical. Furthermore, organic matter reacts extremely sensitive to changes in temperature during burial. The result of this sensitivity is the generation of volatile products such as carbon dioxide, water, nitrogen, oil and gas and a reorganization of the solid organic residue. Some of these changes are quantified as maturity parameters which can be used as calibration tools in basin modelling, i.e., in the modelling of temperature histories of sedimentary basins. The use of maturity parameters and other organic matter characteristics as indicators for diagenetic conditions and depositional processes is, however, restricted, if analyses are performed on outcrop samples, because weathering also affects organic matter.

Description / Table of Contents: PREFACE This monograph is a compendium of revised papers which were originally presented at the "Ron Mather Symposium on Four-Dimensional Geodesy", 28-31 March, 1989, held at the University of New South Wales, Sydney, Australia. The symposium had the enthusiastic support of the International Association of Geodesy and the Australian Academy of Sciences. The symposium served two purposes: to honour the achievements of the late Professor Ron S. Mather, the distinguished Australian geodesist who died in 1978, and to review and report on the latest developments in four-dimensional geodesy. Four-dimensional geodesy is a convenient term for those geodetic principles and techniques which yield position, gravity and their time variations. In the past geodesists have tended to think of the earth as a static body, save from occasional savage earthquakes or volcanic eruptions. So, why the need to coin the term "four-dimensional geodesy") Because it explicitly recognises that time is an integral part of understanding geodetic measurements. But let's first identify the scope of modern geodesy. Geodesy has traditionally been concerned with two separate, though closely related, topics: accurate positioning of objects on the earth's surface, and mapping the earth's external gravity field. These are still the fundamental tasks of geodesy, although the spheres of application have now extended into space. However, present and emerging geodetic measurement technologies for gravity field mapping and positioning are sensitive to defolTnations of the earth's surface and gravity field. Within the geodetic community, this new emphasis on accounting for the time-varying characteristics of position and gravity has fundamental principles; in particular the establishment and maintenance of appropriate global reference systems for geodesy. At the same time, there has been a growing recognition by the earth sciences in general of the important role of geodesy in studying earth deformations, as well as atmosphere and ocean dynamic phenomena. The geodetic measurements, for example, are taken over time scales of hours to decades, and occasionally to a century or longer. Though this is only a small part of the whole deformation spectrum, it is a very important one. Geodesy bridges the low frequency part of the spectrum available from geological observations, with the high frequency end observed from, for example, seismic instrumentation. It's role in atmospheric and oceanographic studies is as a unique, high precision remote sensing tool. The revolution in geodesy is not, however, restricted to the measurement technology only. It is true that without the advances of space geodesy and terrestrial metrology, the notion of four-dimensional geodesy is a rather academic one. These advances, which now reveal time-variable signals above the measurement noise level, have important implications for all geodetic activities. The geodetic activities we refer to can be identified as: experiment design and measurement processes; definition and maintenance of highly stabie geodetic reference systems; data analysis; and interpretation of position and gravity results. Ultra high precision measurements are of little use without sophisticated analysis tools to extract the small signals in the data. The interpretation of geodetic results will be in error if insufficient attention is paid to ensuring that the reference systems to which the results relate are themselves stable. Clearly four-dimensional geodesy is as much about concepts and principles, as about computers and geodetic equipment. This diversity is reflected in the papers selected for this book. They range over topics related to the modem measurement tools, the reduction and analysis techniques, to the interpretation of geodetic results within the context of problems currently being investigated in the earth sciences. We would like to thank the International Association of Geodesy and the Australian Academy of Sciences for sponsorship of the Symposium. Unisearch Ltd., the commercial arm of the University of New South Wales, was the managing agent, and staff members of the School of Surveying and of Unisearch Ltd. were involved in the organisation of the Symposium. We would like to gratefully acknowledge these excellent contributions. Let us express also our gratitude for the useful guidance which we received from Prof. K. Lambeck, A. Prof. A. Stolz and Dr. R. Coleman of the Scientific Advisory Committee and the continuous support given by Prof. E.W. Grafarend. Sincere thanks are due to the authors of the selected papers for agreeing to contribute to this Monograph, and for their positive cooperation during the production of this volume.

Description / Table of Contents: PREFACE This volume contains a selection of papers presented and discussed at the COMTAGWorkshop on "Dynamics and Geomorphology of Mountain Rivers". COMTAG (Commission on Theory, Measurement and Application in Geomorphology) is a commission of the International Geographical Union (IGU). The meeting was held in the monastery of Benediktbeuern in the Bavarian Alps in June 1992. The main objective of the meeting was to review the most recent developments in research on river bed dynamics and bedload transport in mountain rivers. Questions of mountain torrent control and environmental protection were also addressed. The general theme of the meeting finds its appropriate scientific and spatial location in the long tradition of bedload transport studies carried out in the fluvially active German Alps, which are often affected by flood and mass movement hazards. The conference provided an impulse for discussions between researchers in the fields of mountain torrent hydrology, water resources management and bedload transport modelling. In the five years preceding the meeting the editors of this volume had headed a DFG (Deutsche Forschungsgemeinschaft) project on "Bedload transport and river bed adjustment in the Lainbach catchment" within the priority programme "Fluvial Geomorphodynamics in the late Quaternary". Results of the investigations and newly developed measurement techniques were introduced to the participants during the meeting and an excursion to the nearby Lainbach River. The meeting was attended by sixty four scientists from fifteen countries. Thirty four papers were presented in sessions on bedload transport in mountain torrents, measurement techniques of solid material transport, mass movements and sediment supply, river bed adjustment and roughness characteristics of steep mountain torrents, models of bedload transport, and catastrophic flooding. From a regional perspective the majority of the contributions dealt with the Alps with a special focus on investigations carried out at the northern fringe of the Alps. Most of the papers presented were submitted for publication, and selected papers have been included in this volume. The workshop was financially supported by the Deutsche Forschungsgemeinschaft, the Commission of the European Communities (Directorate General for Science, Research and Development), the Freistaat Bayern (Ministerium fOr Unterricht, Kultur, Wissenschaft und Kunst) and the US-Army Research and Development Standardization Group. The participants and the organizers are grateful for these grants. We thank the president of COMTAG, Asher Schick, for his friendly support during the preparation and organization of the workshop. We are also very much indebted to the Kathoiische Stiftungsfachhochschule M~nchen and the Salesianer Don Bo~cos, Benediktbeuern, who opened the rooms of the monastery of Benedikbeuern for scientific sessions and social events during the conference. The organization of the meeting would not have been possible without the help of the local and regional administration, water and forest authorities. We highly appreciate this assistance. In addition, the editors thank the Springer-Verlag for the inclusion of the conference proceedings in this series and the colleagues F. Ahnert, J. Bathurst, W. Bechteler, I. Campbell, P. Carling, N.J. Clifford, S. Custer, T. Davies, A. Dittrich, R. Ferguson, K. Garleff, M. Hassan, R. Hey, H. Ibbeken, J. Karte, H. Keller, D. Knighton, J. Laronne, M. Meunier, M.D. Newson, D. Oostwoud-Wijdenes, I. Reed, K.S.Richards, A. Scheidegger and W. Symader for their valuable contributions as reviewers of the manuscripts that were submitted for this volume.

Description / Table of Contents: PREFACE This volume presents results from members of the Project 216 "Global Biological Events in Earth History" of the International Geological Correlation Programme (IGCP). The project, initiated by the elder editor (O.H.W.) within the framework of the International Palaeontological Association (IPA) in the late 70s, was officially established in 1984. Subsequently, it led to the first three conferences on Global Bio-Events, and their respective symposia volumes: 1) In G6ttingen, West Germany in 1986 (WaUiser, O. H., Ed., 1986, Global Bio-Events, Springer-Verlag); in Bilbao, Spain in 1987 (Lamolda, M. A., Kauffrnan, E. G., and Walliser, O. H., Eds., 1988, Paleontology and Evolution: Extinction Events; Rev. Espafiola de Paleont., n. extraord.); and in Boulder, Colorado, U.S.A. in 1988 (this volume). The next meeting, on Innovations and Revolutions in the Biosphere, is planned in Oxford, England in 1990, to be hosted by Martin Brasier. During the history of this project, the focus of our research has shifted significantly. Initial focus was on specific global mass extinctions (e.g. the Precambrian/Cambrian, Frasnian/Fammenian, Cretaceous/Tertiary, and Eocene/Oligocene events) to a broader treatment of Phanerozoic mass extinctions, their differences or unifying factors, and their causal mechanisms. Subsequent meetings have attempted to focus attention on a fuller spectrum of global bio-events in Earth history. The Boulder Conference, and this volume, although still strongly influenced by the excitement of mass extinction research, expresses these new trends in bioevent studies. The Boulder conference, held on May 16-23, 1988, focused on a broad spectrum of Abrupt Changes in the Global Biota. Over 100 participants from 13 nations attended this meeting, representing diverse disciplines of palaeobiology, palaeoclimatology, palaeoceanography, sedimentology, geochemistry, and a broad spectrum of the stratigraphic and geological sciences. Four days of talks were supplemented by field trips to the continental Cretaceous/Tertiary boundary in the Raton Basin, New Mexico, and to the Cenomanian/Turonian mass extinction interval exposed near Pueblo, Colorado. The Conference itself was characterized by a great diversity of approaches to bio-event research, and the phenomenon of mass extinction. In particular, interactive causes involving both extraterrestrial and earthbound (tectonic, oceanographic, climatic) forces were discussed, and each major Phanerozoic mass extinction was treated by specialists in the field. In addition, many presentations focused on the causal mechanism and patterns of bio-event development that were not restricted to mass extinction intervals, but which could cause regional to global biotic response at any time in Earth history. Thus, both the conference, and this volume, focus attention on climatic and oceanic perturbations from anoxia, advection, rapid thermal change, toxic chemical enrichment, and energy shock from impacts and giant tsunamis as forcing mechanism for regional to global bio-events. The delicate balance of perched ocean/ctimate~fe systems under typical warm equable non-glacial Phanerozoic conditions, and their susceptibility to shock from even small perturbations, was a philosophical theme that ran throughout the meeting. The case for extraterrestrial forcing of tectonic, volcanic, and biological events was greatly strengthened by new data presented at this conference, with special concern for the effects of small comet/meteorite impacts in the oceans, and their chemical/physical/biological signature which might be used, in the absence of shocked minerals, microspheres or trace metals, to identify extraterrestrial events associated with global and regional bio-events. The conference benefitted from the introduction of much new data at high levels of resolution, especially from poorly studied mass extinction intervals. Interactive discussions, and many new ideas characterized the meeting. The new scientific results of this meeting are exciting; they are reviewed in the Conference Report published in Episodes (1988, v. 11, n. 4, p. 289-292). Most of the key papers presented at the Boulder meeting appear in this volume. What lies ahead in bio-event research? Clearly, a great deal of excitement and an age of discovery. We have only touched the surface of this new and dynamic field. We are starting to comprehend the dynamics of global mass extinctions, integrating detailed geochemical, physical and biological data into scenarios of cause and effect. But in the years ahead lies the job of understanding the whole spectrum of regional bioevents preserved in the ancient record, and especially the application of this research to solutions of the critical problems inherent in global change and the modern biotic crisis. Future directions for research at this conference include the investigation and modeling of abrupt chemical and thermal shifts in the ocean, the effects of impacts at deep ocean sites, the documentation of successful survival strategies and repopulation patterns following biotic crises, the deep ocean record of bio-events, and focus on alternative forces other than impacting to account for mass extinction events. This volume introduces some of these new pathways in bio-event research.

Description / Table of Contents: INTRODUCTION Ecometry concerns measurements and interpretation of ecological data and relationships between data. It deals with most matters involved in the scientific aspects of the representativity and information value of samples and does not, in fact, concern statistical methods. In particular, ecometry can be regarded as an approach to obtain so-called load models and load diagrammes (effect-dose-sensitivity diagrammes), which are one of the aims/final products in aquatic environmental consequence analysis (H~- kanson, 1990; all these terms will be explained later on). This publication is meant to demonstrate what can and cannot be done using ecometric approaches. It must be emphasized at the outset that the main intention here is not to provide new radioecological knowledge on how Cs-137 is dispersed in aquatic ecosystems after the Chernobyl accident and is taken up in fish, but to use Cs-137 as a type substance and pike as a biological indicator to go through methods which should also apply to other types of environmentally hazardous substances (it could just as well have been substance X in ecosystem Y). As a secondary effect, we may also learn something about Cs-137. Several terms and methods, which have not been used earlier in the aquatic environmental sciences, e.g., ecometric analysis and dynamic modelling using moderators, will be discussed and defined...

Description / Table of Contents: PREFACE During the so-called Mid-Cretaceous interval, approximately 100 million years ago, the earth experienced a dynamic phase in its geologic history. Enhanced global tectonic activity resulted in a major rearrangment of the continental plates; accelerated spreading rates induced a first-order sea level highstand; intense off-ridge volcanism contributed to a modeled high atmospheric CO 2 rate; climatic conditions fluctuated; and major changes occurred in biologic evolutionary patterns. With the initiation of a gradual change from an equatorial, east-west directed current-circulation pattern to a regime, dominated by south-north and north-south directed current systems, the earth's internal clock was set for Cenozoic, "modern" times. The Mid-Cretaceous dynamic phase is recorded in a suite of sediments of remarkable similarity around the globe. Shallow-water carbonate platforms drowned on a global scale; widespread sediment-starved, glauconite and phosphate- rich sequences developed; and consequently, pelagic sedimentary regimes "invaded" shelf and epicontinental sea areas. This typical "deepening-upward" pattern is well-documented in Mid-Cretaceous sequences along the northern Tethys margin. Shallow-water carbonates are overlain by condensed glauconitic and phosphatic sediments, which, in turn, are blanketed by pelagic carbonates. In this volume, the example of the western Austrian helvetic Alps, built up of inner and outer shelf sediments deposited along the northern Tethys margin, is used to elucidate the paleoceanographic conditions, under which the Mid-Cretaceous triad of platform carbonates, condensed phosphatic and glauconitic sediments, and pelagic carbonates was formed. In the first part, the evolution of this sequence is traced from the demise of the platform (Aptian) to the return of detritus-dominated deposition (Upper Santonian). The second part includes a discussion of the reconstructed paleoceanographic and tectonic variables, their possible interaction, as well as their influence on sediment properties during this period. Special attention is paid to (1) subsidence behavior of the inner, platform-based shelf and the outer shelf beyond the platform, (2) ammonoid paleobiogeography, (3) the northern tethyan current system and its impact on sediment patterns, (4) the influence of an oxygen minimum zone, (5) sediment bypassing mechanisms on the inner shelf, (6) condensation processes, (7) phosphogenesis, (8) relative sea level changes, (9) genesis and the development of unconformities, (10) tectonic phases and their impact on sediment configuration, (11) drowning of the shallow-water carbonate platform, and (12) "asymmetric" sedimentary cycles. The detailed reconstruction of the development of sedimentary patterns both in time and space in this particular area, and its environmental interpretation, given in this volume, may serve as a contribution to a better understanding of the Mid-Cretaceous dynamic phase in earth's history...

Description / Table of Contents: INTRODUCTION The awareness that mankind is able to influence and modify not only the local but also the global climate has led to a strongly growing interest in climate research. Strengthened research activities, which also made use of improved and novel experimental techniques, have yielded a wealth of information on climatic patterns in the past. At the same time, climate modelling has made much progress. While some questions have been answered, new problems have been recognized. One question related to anthropogenio climatic change is about the nature and causes of natural variations, against the background of which man-made changes must be viewed. The contributions to this volume all deal with the variabilitY of climate. Some papers are reviews of the knowledge to a current topic, others have more the character of an original contribution. The obseryational studies cover the range from year-to-year variations up to glacial-interglacial contrast, thereby going from instrumental data to results from proxy records...

Description / Table of Contents: PREFACE The emergence of new information from drilling in deep-sea and coastal areas and the surfacing of the plate tectonics theory probably had the greatest impacts in recent decades on the highly accelerated growth of knowledge regarding the evolution of sediments and sedimentary rocks. Studies in recent years have also provided new insights on global sedimentary processes, and isotopic tools in many ways have enhanced our knowledge and have provided even an unexpected added dimension to the mechanisms of some specific processes. Many different uses of isotopic tools in studies of sedimentary processes can be found in the literature, but the information is highly scattered in the vast field of sedimentology. The disseminated state of existing isotopic knowledge on sedimentary systems has undoubtedly deprived many practitioners in the field to fully appreciate the benefits and limitations, and even the apparent confusion, concerning the use of isotopic tools. We have endeavored here to bring together discussions on some major sedimentary systems in the sedimentary cycle and to analyze them according to isotopic evidence. To accomplish such a task required contributions from many individuals. We were fortunate to have friends who accepted to share our goals. We most sincerely thank all the contributors to this book and deeply appreciate their patience and fortitude despite our undue demands on them to reach our objectives...

Description / Table of Contents: INTRODUCTION Theoretical modelling and the use of mathematical methods are presently gaining in importance since progress in both geology and mathematics offers new possibilities to combine both fields. Most geological problems are inherently geometrical and morphological, and, therefore, amenable to a classification of forms from a "Gestalt point of view". Geometrical objects have to possess an inherent stability in order to preserve their essential quality under slight deformations. Otherwise, we could hardly conceive of them or describe them, and today's observation would not reproduce yesterday's result (DANGELMAYR & GÜTTINGER, 1982). This principle has become known as "structural stability" (THOM, 1975), i.e. the persistence of a phenomenon under all allowed perturbations. Stability is also, of course, an assumption of classical Newtonian physics, which is essentially the theory of various kinds of smooth behavior (POSTON &STEWART, 1978). However, things sometimes "jump". A new species with a different morphology appears suddenly in the paleontological record (EI.DREDGE & GOULD, 1972), a fault develops, a landslide moves, a computer program becomes unstable with a certain data configuration, etc. It is, surprisingly, the topological approach which permits the study of a broad range of such phenomena in a coherent manner (POSTON & STEWART, 1978; LU, 1976; STEWART, 1982). The universal singularities and bifurcation processes derived from the concept of structural stabiIity determine the spontaneous formation of qualitatively similar spatio-temporal structures in systems of various geneses exhibiting critical behavior (DANGELMAYR & GÜTTINGER, 1982; THOM, 1975; POSTON & STEWART, 1978; GÜTTINGER & EIKEMEIER, t979; STEWART, 1981). In addition, this return to a "geometrization of phenomena"-- after decades of algorithmization-- comes much closer to the geologist's intuitive geometric reasoning. It is the aim of this study to elucidate, by examples, how the qualitative geometrical approach allows one to classify forms and to control the behavior of complex computer algorithms...

Description / Table of Contents: PREFACE Sedimentation as a Three-Component System describes the most common styles of deposition in marine environments as they relate to sediment composition. Three components, organic matter, carbonate, and siliciclastic sediment, may settle concurrently, but at different rates, intermixing on the sea floor to form a particular sediment composition. A change in the flux of one component is capable of relatively diluting or concentrating the other two components, which can be expressed in the characteristic ratio of organic carbon to carbonate in the resulting sediment. The basic concept of this book is to address organic carbon-carbonate associations in terms of depositional inputs and time spans. In addition, the three-component system describes organic carbon changes related to major facies transitions. Examples include models of the genesis of carbonaceous sediments, with their various laminated to bioturbated lithotypes, and numerical organic carbon prediction. I hope that this book will encourage stimulating discussions and promote a new approach to quantitative stratigraphy...

Description / Table of Contents: Starting from a more general discussion of mechanisms controlling organic carbon deposition in marine environments and indicators useful for paleoenvironmental reconstructions, this study concentrates on detailed organic-geochemical and sedimentological investigations of late Cenozoic deep-sea sediments from (1) the Baffin Bay and the Labrador Sea (ODP-Leg 105), (2) the upwelling area off Northwest Africa (ODP-Leg 108), and (3) the Sea of Japan (ODP-Leg 128). Of major interest are shortas well as long-term changes in organic carbon accumulation during the past 20 m.y. As shown in the data from ODP-Legs 105, 108, and 128, sediments characterized by similar high organic carbon contents can be deposited in very different environments. Thus, simple total organic carbon data do not allow (i) to distinguish between different factors controlling organic carbon enrichment and (ii) to reconstruct the depositional history of these sediments. Data on both quantity and composition of the organic matter, however, provide important informations about the depositional environment and allow detailed reconstructions of the evolution of paleoclimate, paleoceanic circulation, and paleoproductivity in these areas. The results have significant implications for quantitative models of the mechanisms of climatic change. Furthermore, the data may also help to explain the formation of fossil black shales, i.e., hydrocarbon source rocks. (1) BAFFIN BAY AND LABRADOR SEA The Miocene to Quaternary sediments at Baffin Bay Site 645 are characterized by relatively high organic carbon contents, most of which range from 0.5% to almost 3%. This organic carbon enrichment was mainly controlled by increased supply .of terrigenous organic matter throughout the entire time interval. Two distinct maxima were identified: (i) a middle Miocene maximum, possibly reflecting a dense vegetation cover and fluvial sediment supply from adjacent islands, that decreased during late Miocene and early Pliocene time because of expansion of tundra vegetation due to global climatic deterioration; (ii) a late Pliocene-Pleistocene maximum possibly caused by glacial erosion and meltwater outwash. Significant amounts of marine organic carbon were accumulated in western Baffin Bay during middle Miocene time, indicating higher surface-water productivity (up to about 150 gC m -2 y-l) resulted from the inflow of cold and nutrient-rich Arctic water masses. The decrease in average surface-water productivity to values similar to those of the modern Baffin Bay was recorded during the late Miocene and was probably caused by the development of a seasonal sea-ice cover. At Labrador Sea Sites 646 and 647, organic carbon contents are low varying between 0.10% and 0.75%; the origin of most of the organic matter probably is marine. A major increase in organic carbon accumulation at Site 646 at about 7.2 Ma may indicate increased surface-water productivity triggered by the onset of the cold East-Greeniand Current system. Near 2.4 Ma, i.e., parallel to the development of major Northern Hemisphere Glaciation, accumulation rates of both organic carbon and biogenic opal decreased, suggesting a reduced surface-water productivity because of the development of dosed seasonal sea-ice cover in the northern Labrador Sea. The influence of varying sea-ice cover on surface-water productivity is also documented in the short-term glacial/interglacial fluctuations in organic carbon deposition at Sites 646 and 647. (2) UPWELLING AREAS OFF NORTHWEST AFRICA The upper Pliocene-Quaternary sediments at coastal-upwelling Site 658 are characterized by high organic carbon contents of 4%; the organic matter is a mixture of marine and terrigenous material with a dominance of the marine proportion. The upper Miocene to Quaternary pelagic sediments from close-by non-upwelling Sites 657 and 659, on the other hand, display low organic carbon values of less than 0.5%. Only in turbidites and slumps occasionally intercalated at the latter two sites, high organic carbon values of up to 3% occur. The high accumulation rates of marine organic carbon recorded at Site 658 reflect the high-productivity upwelling environment. Paleoproductivity varies between 100 and 400 gC m "2 y-1 during the past 3.6 m.y. and is clearly triggered by changes in global climate. However, there is no simple relationship between climate and organic carbon supply, i.e., it is not possble to postulate that productivity was generally higher at Site 658 during glacials than during interglacials or vice versa. Changes in the relative importance between upwelling activity (which was increased during glacial intervals) and fluvial nutrient supply (which was increased during interglacial intervals) may have caused the complex productivity record at Site 658. Most of the maximum productivity values, for example, were recorded at peak interglacials and at terminations indicating the importance of local fluvial nutrient supply at Site 658. Near 0.5 Ma, a long-term decrease in paleoproductivity occurs, probably indicating a decrease in fluvial nutrient supply and/or a change in nutrient "content of the upwelled waters. The former explanation is supported by the contemporaneous decrease in terrigenous organic carbon and (river-borne) clay supply suggesting an increase in long-term aridity in the Central Sahara. At Site 660, underneath the Northern Equatorial Divergence Zone, (marine) organic carbon values of up to 1.5% were recorded in upper Pliocene-Quaternary sediments. During the last 2.5 Ma, the glacial sediments are carbonate-lean and enriched in organic carbon probably caused by the influence of a carbonate-dissolving and oxygen-poor deep-water mass. (3) SEA OF JAPAN Based on preliminary results of organic-geochemical investigations, the Miocene to Quaternary sediments from ODP-Sites 798 (Oki Ridge) and 799 (Kita-Yamato-Trough) are characterized by high organic carbon contents of up to 6%; the organic matter is a mixture between marine and terrigenous material. Dominant mechanisms controlling (marine) organic carbon enrichments are probably high-surface water productivity and increased preservations rates under anoxic deep-water conditions. In the lower Pliocene sediments at Site 798 and the Miocene to Quaternary sediments at Site 799, rapid burial of organic carbon in turbidites may have occurred episodically. Distinct cycles of dark laminated sediments with organic carbon values of more than 5% and light bioturbated to homogenous sediments with lower organic carbon contents indicate dramatic shortterm paleoceanographic variations. More detailed records of accumulation rates of marine and terrigenous organic carbon and biogenic opal as well as a detailed oxygen isotope stratigraphy are required for a more precise reconstruction of the environmental history of the Sea of Japan through late Cenozoic time.

Description / Table of Contents: Digital signal processing has become more and more an integral part of observational seismology. While it offers unprecedented power in extracting information from seismic signals, it comes at the price of having to learn a variety of new skills. Dealing with digital seismic data requires at least a basic understanding of digital signal processing. Taking the calculation of true ground motion as the guiding problem, this course covers the basic theory of linear systems, the design and analysis of simple digital filters, the effect of sampling and A/D conversion and an introduction to spectral analysis of digital signals. It contains a number of examples and exercises that can be reproduced using the PITSA software package (Scherbaum and Johnson 1993) or similar programs.

Description / Table of Contents: INTRODUCTION In the context of evolutionary studies, it is the privilege of paleontologists to trace the actual course of evolutionary change over time spans that are adequate for such a slow process. At the same time it is their crux that they can not always hope to do this with the resolution necessary to reveal the causal relationships involved. The Tübingen Sonderforschungsbereich 53, "Palökologie", was primarily geared to study the interrelationships between organisms and environments in the fossil record. As is pointed out in this volume, such an approach will necessarily emphasize the static aspect of this relationship, all the more since this is what we need for the practical purposes of facies recognition. This was clone during a time interval of thirteen years at the level of individual species and taxonomic groups ("Konstruktions-Morphologie"), of characteristic facies complexes ("Fossil-Lagerstätten") and of assemblages ("Fossil- VergeseIlschaftungen") with the aim to recognize general patterns that persist in spite of the historical and evolutionary changes in the biosphere. But as our project came closer to its end, the possible causal relationships between physical and evolutionary changes became more tangible. This trend is expressed by symposia devoted to the biological effects of long term tectonic changes (KULLMANN & SCHÖNENBERG, eds., 1983) and of short term physical events (EINSELE & SEILACHER, eds., 1982). But in retrospect it appears that the time scales of the environmental changes chosen were either too large or too small to reveal the mechanisms of evolutionary response. The present volume is the outcome of a symposium of the projects B 20 ("Bankungsrhythmen in sedimentologischer, ökologischer und diagenetischer Sicht", directed by U. BAYER), D 40 ("Analoge Gehäuse-Aberrationen bei Ammonoideen", directed by J. WIEDMANN) and D 60 ("Substratwechsel im marinen Benthos", directed by A. SEILACHER) in September, 1983. tt addresses environmental changes at time scales large enough to produce more than a local ecological response and short enough to observe evolutionary and/or migratory changes at the species and genus levels. It also focusses on basins which by various degrees of isolation provided suitable sites for "evolutionary experiments", such as lakes and marginal epicontinental basins. In a way, this book is a successor of the previous one on "Cyclic and event stratification" (EINSELE & SEILACHER, eds., 1982). Small scale cycles and events are the 'primitives' of a sedimentary sequence, the lowermost scale from which it can be deciphered. However, medium and long term physical cycles commonly impress sedimentological and lithological trends on the stratigraphic column which are accompanied by faunal replacements and cycles. But since sedimentation is controlled both by physical and biological processes, which are intercorrelated in complicated ways, we also need to decode the stratigraphic text. In this effort, paleontological and sedimentological interpretation must go hand in hand. On the 'megascale' of global sea-level changes faunal and species evolution is triggered by opening and closing of migration pathways, sometimes providing us with malor biostratigraphic boundaries. As it turns out, however, integrated research and the choice of suitable scales do not free us from problems of resolution. Thus our inability to distinguish local speciation from ecophenotypic modification and from immigration in the fossil record excludes definite evolutionary answers even in well studied cases. Nevertheless we hope that this approach opens a fruitful discussion, in which stratigraphy, systematic paleontology and paleoecology will be reconciled in a concerted effort to eventually understand the evolutionary mechanisms of our biosphere.

Description / Table of Contents: PREFACE It was only during the last few years, that the geological effects of storms and hurricanes in shallow-marine environments have been better appreciated. Not only were storm deposits recognized to dominate many shelf sequences, they also proved to be valuable tools in facies and paleogeographical analysis. Additionally, storm layers form important hydrocarbon reservoirs. Storm-generated sequences are now reasonably mell documented in terms of their facies associations in the stratigraphic record. Much less is known, however, about the effects and the depositional processes of modern storms, and about the styles of storm sedimentation on basinwide scales. Accordingly, the goal of this study is two-fold: 1. it presents two case studies of modern carbonate and terrigenous clastics storm sedimentatioq. The models derived from these actualistic examples can be used to interprete possible ancient analogues. 2. it presents a comprehensive analysis of an ancient storm depositional system (Muschelkalk) on a basin-wide scale. The underlying approach of this study is a process-oriented analysis of sedimentary sequences, an approach that ~as summarized by Matthews (1974, 1984) as "dynamic stratigraphy". The integration of actualistic models with a "dynamic" stratigraphic analysis helps to understand the dynamics of storm depositional systems; these models have a potential to be applied to other basins and to predict the facies organisation and the facies evolution in such systems...

Description / Table of Contents: INTRODUCTION "The geological history, as expressed by the stratigraphic column, is basically composed of cycles of sedimentation, stratification and magmatism which correlate with relative changes in sea level determined in turn by different types of crustal movements. The classical sequence of stages "transgression - inundation - differentiation - regression - emergence" is believed to reflect the deformation phases of a geotectonic cycle" (Wezel,1988: p.37). The concept of geotectonic cycle is fundamental in geology because it links tectonics with sedimentary processes. According to Wezel (1988) the geotectonic cycle is an expression of cyclic variations in the behavior of the crust; more precisely,it is a geodynamic response to the Earth's variations in the rate of rotation (Mörner,19869 Whyte,1977~ Carey,1976).Based on a global analysis of geotectonic data, synchronous episodes of intense global swelling, governed by cyclically ordered diastrophic processes, were identified (Wezel,1985;1988). The process leading to these swells was termed krikogenesis (Wezel, 1988).It basically consists of not steady, localized, migratory vertical movements linked to mantle diapirism and concentrated in single zones.The overlying crust adjusts itself to mantle motions induced by krikogenesis, with the formation of transient troughs and swells ('touche-de-piano' tectonics).This mechanism was individuated in several areas (Wezel,1988). The history of the Earth is described by six episodes that repeat in the same way in the course of geological time.Their duration progressively decreases:the first cycle has a duration of about 200 million years, the following,younger cycles lasted 150, 115, 65, A5 and 20 m.y. ...

Description / Table of Contents: The aim of this volume is to reflect the current state of geoscientific activity focused on the geodynamic evolution of the Atlas system and to discuss new results and ideas. The volume provides a selection of papers on the geological history, structural development, and geophysical data of Morocco. It was not possible to cover all areas of geoscientific interest, however, we hope to shed some light on the major geodynamic problems.

Description / Table of Contents: PREFACE Our planet is evolving and changing; its surface is capable of unleashing great violence as its crust is created and destroyed. Quite remarkably, it has been only recently that the fundamental elements of this evolution were fully appreciated, and only within the last decade have there been technologies capable of directly meastLring the global motions of the Earth's crust which are one of the most visible manifestations of these processes. Before the advent of space technologies, the nature of contemporary global plate motions went largely unobserved. These motions were understood from the geological records, and plate rates for million year averages were established_ Fortunately, the revolution in geophysics brought about by the general acceptance of plate tectonic theory has been paralleled by significant advances in space geodesy oceanography and geophysics. New space technologies have rapidly matured, yielding new insights and capabilities for more completely understanding the dynamical properties of the Earth, its oceans and atmosphere. Likewise, the evolving earth sciences capabilities from space are fostering new questions and goals made possible through the creative exploitation of satellite missions. A workshop entitled "The Interdisciplinary Role of Space Geodesy" was held in Erice, Italy, on the island of Sicily on July 23-29, 1988, to discuss the directions and challenges of space geodeys for the decades to come. This international gathering was made possible by the E. Majorana Centre for Scientific Culture int he framework of tis International School of Geodesy. The workshop was sponsored by the Italian Ministry of education, the Italian Ministry of Scientific and Technological Research, the Sicilian Regional Government, the Italian National Institute of Geophysics, and the National Aeronautics and Space Administration of the United States. This volume is the result of the dedicated effort undertaken by an international group of scientists and administrators who have contemplated the challenge of the future of space-based earth science for the next decade. Recognizing the need for defining new milestones both in science and technology, they have developed a detailed report of what could be achieved and what challenges remain after twenty fertile years of space exploration...

Description / Table of Contents: PREFACE The suggestion to compile and publish this volume dealing with some geoscientific problems of the Central Andes came up during a conference on "Mobility of Active Continental Margins" held in Berlin, February 1986. At this international conference, organized by the Berlin Research Group "Mobility of Active Continental Margins", colleagues from Europe, Southern and Northern America reported on their current investigations in the Central Andes. The Central Andes claim a special position in the 7000 km long Andean mountain range. In Northern Chile, Southern Bolivia and Northwest Argentina the Central Andes show their largest width with more than 650 km and along a Geotraverse between the Pacific coast and the Chaco all typical Andean morphotectonic units are well developed. Here, the pre-Andean evolution is documented by outcropping of Paleozoic and pre-Cambrian rocks. The characteristic phenomena of the Andean cycle can be studied along the entire geotraverse. The migration of the tectonic and magmatic activity starting in Jurassic and being active t i l l Quaternary is clearly evidenced. Besides the Himalaya, the Central Andes show with 70-80 km and -400 mgal the largest crustal thickness known in mountain ranges. These and many other interesting and exciting geoscientific features encouraged a group of geoscientists from both West-Berlin universities (Freie UniversitAt and Technische UniversitAt) to focus their studies along a geotraverse through the Central Andes. The realization of these studies would not have been possible without the active assistance and close cooperation of our colleagues from the geoscientific institutions in Salta (Argentina), La Paz and Santa Cruz (Bolivia) and Antofagasta and Santiago (Chile). Concerning the German participation, this joint and interdisciplinary project is financially supported since 1982 as Reserach Group" Mobility of Active Continental Margins" by the German Research Society and by the West-Berlin universities as well. A number of colleagues from universities in West Germany take part in this project, too. The papers presented here deal with the period from Late Precambrian up to the youngest phenomena in Quaternary. The contributions cover the whole spectrum of geoscientific research, geology, paleontology, petrology, geochemistry, geophysics and geomorphology. In conclusion, the data published here may help to improve the picture of Andean structure and evolution. The detailed investigations carried out in the past years show, that the first simple plate tectonic models proposed in the beginning of the seventies have to improved and modified. Furthermore, the results can be seen as contribution to the international Lithospheric Project and as a useful data base for the construction of a Central Andean Transect...

Description / Table of Contents: PREFACE During the last few years, evaporites have increasingly been regarded as sediments and not only as chemical precipitates. Especially the intensive study of the Zechstein facies has resulted in a vast amount of observations and interpretations which are of general significance, offering important information to all sedimentologists interested in carbonates and evaporites. It seems therefore useful to introduce the sedimentological approach in a basin where various chemical concepts have been developed. This is the aim of the present volume, and this approach will be recognized by the reader in most of the chapters. The idea of publishing a collection of papers on the Zechstein facies and related rocks found an enthusiastic response, although later some contributors were, for various reasons, unable to meet the deadline. However, the papers submitted cover all major fields and will certainly stimulate further research...

Description / Table of Contents: The present study will provide an introduction into the biomechanics of trees and will give a critical survey of the phylogeny and the constructional principles of the tree habit. Since the trunk is considered the basic and crucial element of a tree, the analysis is largely restricted to a functional comparison of the stem anatomy of the various tree forms. It is based on the concept of constructional morphology, thus considering simultaneously the functional aspect and the ontogenetical and phylogenetical development of the various trunk types. The main questions to be answered in this study are; Why do trees exist? - Which are the constructional principles of tree trunks and when and in which group of plants do they appear? - How important are internal (phylogenetic) and external (functional, constructional) constraints? - What are the specific properties of the different constructional principles and does a correlation between trunk design and growth habit exist? - Is there a tendency in phylogeny to a better performance? The study does not (and cannot) intend to provide a detailed biophysical analysis of individual cases because experimental data on the mechanical properties of the structural elements of the different kinds of trees are still lacking. Instead, it will he the task to evaluate in a comprehensive and qualitative or semi-quantitative manner the available data of the morphology, anatomy and phylogeny of fossil and recent trees by using concepts of biomechanics and constructional morphology. Thus a somewhat holistic approach is used, which is becoming increasingly more acceptable today.

Description / Table of Contents: PREFACE In a densily populated industrialized country, waste disposal must be compatible with the requirements of the environment. This is one of the indispensable requirements to guarantee an effective protection of the environment. In the past years the waste disposal industry has been given increasing attention by the general public as well as the authorities. This confirms the necessity of adapting the quality of waste disposal to the technological standard of the production. While in the past, waste disposal performance was more or less evaluated in terms of short-term costs, there is at present a reorientation in the direction of a science-based waste disposal industry. These new tendencies are taking into account ecological factors as well as the long-term consequences - i.e., for decades and centuries to come - of waste disposal methods. In this light, particular attention is given to the depositing of residues whose utilization does not appear meaningful from an ecological point of view, or would require disproportionate ressources. It is an important concern of the Federal Authorities to encourage the rapid materialization of disposal solutions which can function as ultimate deposits, and which will therefore cause neither water pollution nor gaseous emissions. In view of this goal it is necessary to establish criteria and regulations for the wastes to be deposited as well as for the characteristics of the deposits. This field confronts science with an urgent but rewarding challenge and calls for close collaboration between many different specialized disciplines...

Description / Table of Contents: This book is the collection of the Lecture Notes of an International Summer School of Theoretical Geodesy held in Assisi (Italy) from May 23 to June 3 -1988.

Description / Table of Contents: PREFACE The application of thermal analysis to earth science has a long history. This is evidenced by the extensive coverages by Mackenzie (1957, 1970), Langier-Kuzniarowa (1967), Schultze (1971), Liptay (t973), Smykatz- Kloss (1974), Todor (1976) and Heide (1982). The chief thermal method has been differential thermal analysis (DTA). Additionally, thermogravimetry (TG; Duval, 1963; Keattch, 1969; Earnest, 1988) and thermodilatometry (Schomburg & Strörr, 1984) have gained some importance. All these methods are still widely ltsed. But recently several new techniques have gained attention, such as thermomagnetometry, thermomechanical analysis and thermosonimetry. Improved equipment made possible the application of thermal methods to problems in thermodynamics and kinetics (e.g. by means of differential scanning calorimetry, DSC). This progress in the construction of new instruments as well as the combination of existing methods to enable simultaneous determinations (e.g. TG/DTA; TG/IR spectroscopy; DTA/mass spectrometry; DTA/microscopy; high-pressure DTA) have led to a resurgence in the use and application of thermal analysis in the earth sciences. Here the applications cover such diverse areas as the examination of individual minerals, mineral mixtures, rocks, soils, ceramics, cements, raw materials as well as their industrial evaluation, performance assessment and quality control. In the field of solid fossil fuels thermal determinations range from proximate analysis of inorganic constituents and the measurement of calorific values to the assessment of the environmental aspects of fly ashes and mineral residues. To support this tendency, the International Confederation for Thermal Analysis (ICTA) has recently founded a "Committee for Thermal Analysis in Geosciences". The aim of this committee shall be to discuss, improve and distribute the knowledge about the possibilities of solving geoscientific questions by means of thermal analytic methods...

Description / Table of Contents: PREFACE Turbidity currents have been comprehensively studied in the past although much remains unknown about both their flow characteristics and resultant sedimentary deposits. Much of this uncertainty arises from the catastrophic nature of their formation which makes them difficult to study in the environment, and has resulted in the majority of studies being experimental or theoretical. Experiments have shown that reversals in the flow of density currents can be associated with the generation of internal solitary waves. This is in contrast to the belief held by many workers that the reversal of a turbidity current simply generates an identical flow travelling in the opposite direction. This book arose from the need for a detailed experimental study to examine the effects and to consider the consequences of density current reversals from a variety of obstructions to their flow. The first part of this book comprises a detailed review of literature covering the fluid dynamics and sedimentology relevant to the experimental study (chapter one). Chapter two presents the results from the comprehensive experimental programme which are discussed and compared with appropiate theoretical hypotheses. This permits the synthesis of a model for the general features of flows that result from the incidence of density currents upon obstructions to the flow. The application of this model to both modern and ancient turbidite systems is then discussed in chapter three. This book is suitable for earth scientists with an interest in the dynamics of turbidity currents. In addition, workers from other fields such as applied maths, meteorology and engineering who have an interest in density currents and bores in practical situations may find it useful...

Description / Table of Contents: 1. Crustal Evolution: East Antarctic Shield --- Archacan Events in Antarctica / L. P. BLACK, J. W. SHERATON and P. D. KINNY / pp. 1-6 --- Metamorphic Evolution of the Sør Rondane Mountains, East Antarctica / M. ASAMI, Y. OSANAI, K. SHIRAISHI and H. MAKIMOTO / pp. 7-16 --- Geochemical Characteristics of Metamorphic Rocks from the Central Sør Rondane Mountains., East Antarctica / Y. OSANAI, K. SHIRAISHI, Y. TAKAHASHI, H. ISHIZUKA, Y. TAINOSHO, N. TSUCHIYA, T. SAKIYAMA and S. KODAMA / pp. 17-28 --- Sm-Nd and Rb-Sr Ages of Metamorphic Rocks from the Sør Rondane Mountains., East Antarctica / K. SHIRAISHI and H. KAGAMI / pp. 29-36 --- Reconnaissance Geochronologic Data on Proterozoic Polymetamorphic Rocks of the Eastern Sør Rondane Mountains, East Antarctica / E. S. GREW, W. I. MANTON, M. ASAMI and H. MAKIMOTO / pp. 37-44 --- Petrochemical Character and Rb-Sr Isotopic Investigation of the Granitic Rocks from the Sør Rondane Mountains, East Antarctica / Y. TAINOSHO, Y. TAKAHASHI, Y. ARAKAWA, Y. OSANAI, N. TSUCHIYA, T. SAKIYAMA and M. OWADA / pp. 45-54 --- Carbon and Oxygen Isotopic Compositions of Marbles from the Sør Rondane Mountains, East Antarctica / N. TSUCHIYA, Y. OSANAI and H. WADA / pp. 55-60 --- 40Ar-39Ar Geochronological Studies on some Paleomagnetic Samples of East Antarctica / Y. TAKIGAMI, M. FUNAKI and K. TOKIEDA / pp. 61-66 --- The First Report of a Cambrian Orogenic Belt in East Antarctica—An Ion Microprobe Study of the Lützow-Holm Complex / K. SHIRAISHI, Y. HIROI, D. J. ELLIS, C. M. FANNING, Y. MOTOYOSHI and Y. NAKAI / pp. 67-74 --- A New Insight of Possible Correlation between the Lützow-Holm Bay Granulites (East Antarctica) and the Sri Lankan Granulites / Y. OGO, Y. HIROI, K. B. N. PRAME and Y. MOTOYOSHI / pp. 75-86 --- Osumilite-Producing Reactions in High Temperature Granulites from the Napier Complex, East Antarctica: Tectonic Implications / B. J. HENSEN and Y. MOTOYOSHI / pp. 87-92 --- Gneisses of the Porthos and Athos Ranges, Northern Prince Charles Mountains, East Antarctica: Constraints on the Prograde and Retrograde P-T Path / D. E. THOST and B. J. HENSEN / pp. 93-102 --- Mineral Reaction Textures in High-Grade Gneisses: Evidence for Contrasting Pressure-Temperature Paths in the Proterozoic Complex of East Antarctica / I. C. W. FITZSIMONS and S. L. HARLEY / pp. 103-112 --- Mode of Occurrence, Geochemistry and Mineral Textures of Mafic to Ultramafic Rocks from the Bolingen Islands, Prydz Bay., East Antarctica / D. E. THOST, Y. MOTOYOSHI and B. J. HENSEN / pp. 113-118 --- The Significance of Reworking, Fluids and Partial Melting in Granulite Metamorphism, East Prydz Bay, Antarctica / S. L. HARLEY, I. C. W. FITZSIMONS, I. S. BUICK and G. WATT / pp. 119-128 --- Stable Isotope Studies of Granulite Facies Metamorphism in the Rauer Group, East Antarctica / I. S. BUICK, S. L. HARLEY and D. MATTEY / pp. 129-136 --- A Late- Proterozoic Extensional-Compressional Tectonic Cycle in East Antarctica / J. D. HOEK, P. H. G. M. DIRKS and C. W. PASSCHIER / pp. 137-144 --- Re-Examination of the Metamorphic Evolution of the Larsemann Hills., East Antarctica / L. REN, Y. ZHAO, X. LIU and T. CHEN / pp. 145-154 --- Geochronology of the Late Granite in the Larsemann Hills, East Antarctica / Y. ZHAO, B. SONG, Y. WANG, L. REN, J. LI and T. CHEN / pp. 155-162 --- The First Study of Upper Mantle Inclusions from the Prince Charles Mountains, East Antarctica / A. V. ANDRONIKOV / pp. 163-173 --- Mafic Igneous Suites in the Lambert Rift Zone / E. V. MIKHALSKY, A. V. ANDRONIKOV and B. V. BELIATSKY / pp. 173-178 --- Granitic Rocks of the Jetty Peninsula, Amery Ice Shelf Area, East Antarctica / W. I. MANTON, E. S. GREW, J. HOFMANN and J. W. SHERATON / pp. 179-190 --- Paleomagnetic and 40Arl/39Ar Dating Studies of the Mawson Charnockite and Some Rocks from the Christensen Coast / M. FUNAKI and K. SAITO / pp. 191-202 --- 2. Crustal Evolution: Transantarctic Mountains and West Antarctica --- Multiple Petrotectonic Events in High-Grade Metamorphic Rocks of the Nimrod Group, Central Transantarctic Mountains, Antarctica / J. W. GOODGE, V. L. HANSEN and S. M. PEACOCK / pp. 203-210 --- Metamorphic Facies of the Ross Orogeny in the Southern Wilson Terrane of Northern Victoria Land, Antarctica / F. TALARICO, M. FRANCESCHELLI, B. LOMBARDO, R. PALMERI, P. C. PERTUSATI, N. RASTELLI and C. A. RICCI / pp. 211-218 --- Metasedimentary Rocks of Western Wilson Terrane (Victoria Land - Oates Land) and Gondwana Connections to Australia / D. N. B. SKININER / pp. 219-226 --- Compressional Causes for the Early Palcozoic Ross Orogen—Evidence from Victoria Land and the Shackleton Range / G. KLEINSCHEMIDT, W. BUGGISCH and T. FLOETTMANN / pp. 227-234 --- Pre-Beacon Tectonic Development of the Transantarctic Mountains / E. STUMP / pp. 235-240 --- Statistical Analysis of Geochemical Patterns in Fine-Grained Permian Mudrocks from the Beardmore Glacier Region, Antarctica / T. C. HORNER and L. A. KRISSEK / pp. 241-248 --- Stratigraphy and Sedimentology of Vertebrate Bone-Bearing Beds in the Triassic (and Jurassic?) Fremouw and Falla Formations, Beardmore Glacier Region., Antarctica / L. A. KRISSEK, T. C. HORNER, D. H. ELLIOT and J. W. COLLINSON / pp. 249-256 --- Early Palcozoic Lamprophyre Dikes of Southern Victoria Land: Geology, Petrology and Geochemistry / B. WU and J. H. BERG / pp. 257-264 --- Crustal Xenoliths from Cape McCormick Crater, Northern Victoria Land / J. H. BERG and B. WU / pp. 265-272 --- Xenoliths from the Volcanic Province of West Antarctica and Implications for Lithospheric Structure and Processes / R. J. WYSOCZANSKI and J. A. GAMBLE / pp. 273-278 --- Geological and Geophysical Exploration in the Northern Ford Ranges, Maric Byrd Land, West Antarctica / B. P. LUYENDYK, S. M. RICHARD, C. H. SMITH and D. L. KIMBROUGH / pp. 279-288 --- Structure and Cooling History of the Fosdick Metamorphic Complex, Marie Byrd Land, West Antarctica / S. M. RICHARD / pp. 289-294 --- Metapelites and Migmatites at the Granulite Facies Transition, Fosdick Metamorphic Complex, Marie Byrd Land, West Antarctica / C. H. SMITH / pp. 295-302 --- 3. Syn- and Post-Breakup of Gondwana --- Mesozoic and Cenozoic Kinematic Evolution of the Transantarctic Mountains / T. J. WILSON / pp. 303-314 --- The West Antarctic Rift System—A Propagating Rift "Captured" by a Mantle Plume? / J. C. BEHRENDT, W. LEMASURIER and A. K. COOPER / pp. 315-322 --- Apatite Fission Track Evidence for Contrasting Thermal and Uplift Histories of Metamorphic Basement Blocks in Western Dronning Maud Land / J. JACOBS, E. HEJL, G. A. WAGNER and K. WEBER / pp. 323-330 --- Early Cretaceous Uplift of the Southern Sentinel. Range, Ellsworth Mountains, West Antarctica / P. G. FITZGERALD and E. STUMP / pp. 331-340 --- Petrologic Comparison of Palcozoic Rocks from the English Coast, Eastern Ellsworth Land, and the Ellsworth Mountains / T. S. LAUDON and C. CRADDOCK / pp. 341-346 --- Provenance of Paleocene Strata, Seymour Island / D. H. ELLIOT, S. M. HOFFMAN and D. E. RIESKE / pp. 347-356 --- Sedimentology of the Miers Bluff Formation, Livingston Island, South Shetland Islands / A. ARCHE, J. LOPEZ-MARTINEZ and E. MARTINEZ DE PISON / pp. 357-362 --- Late Cretaceous and Eocene Palynofloras from Fildes Peninsula, King George Island (South Shetland Islands), Antarctica / L. CAO / pp. 363-370 --- Early Tertiary Palaeoclimate of King George Island, Antarctica—Evidence from the Fossil Hill Flora / H. M. LI / pp. 371-376 --- Modes of Formation and Accretion of Oceanic Material in the Mesozoic Fore-Arc of Central and Southern Alexander Island, Antarctica: A Summary / P. A. DOUBLEDAY and T. H. TRANTER / pp. 377-382 --- The Magmatic Complexes of the Rouen Mountains and Elgar Uplands from Alexander Island, Antarctic Peninsula: Geochemical Constraints / B. K. KAMENOV and C. T. PIMPIREV / pp. 383-394 --- Transverse Variations in the Gerlache Strait Plutonic Rocks: Effects of the Aluk Ridge-Trench Collision in the Northern Antarctic Peninsula / M. A. PARADA, J.-B. ORSINI and R. ARDILA / pp. 395-404 --- 4. Recent Tectonics of Antarctic Peninsula and Subantarctic Regions --- Evolution of the Bransfield Basin and Rift, West Antarctica / K. BIRKENMAJER / pp. 405-410 --- Uplift Movements King George Island Associated Bransfield Rift Activity / M. ARANEDA and O. GONZÁLEZ-FERRÁN / pp. 411-416 --- Geotransect Drake Passage - Weddell Sea, Antarctica / R. A. J. TROUW and L. A, P. GAMBÔA / pp. 417-422 --- Long-Range Sidescan Sonar (GLORIA) Survey of the Antarctic Peninsula Pacific Margin / J. S. TOMLINSON, C. J. PUDSEY, R. A. LIVERMORE, R. D. LARTER and P. F. BARKER / pp. 423-430 --- Marine Magnetic Anomalies in Bransfield Strait, Antarctica / Y. KIM, T. W. CHUNG and S. H. NAM / pp. 431-438 --- Geochronology and Geochemistry of the Igneous Rocks from Barton and Fildes Peninsulas, King George Island: A Review / Y.-J. JWA, B.-K. PARK and Y. KIM / pp. 439-442 --- Geophysical Features of Deception Island / R. ORTIZ, J. VILA, A. GARCIA, A. G. CAMACHO, J. L. DIEZ, A. APARICIO, R. SOTO, J. G. VIRAMONTE, C. RISSO, N. MENEGATTI and I. PETRINOVIC / pp. 443-448 --- Seismic Activity on Deception Island / J. VILA, R. ORTIZ, A. M. CORREIG, and A. GARCIA / pp. 449-456 --- The Zeolitisation Model of Kerguelen Islands, Southern Indian Ocean / A. GIRET, O. VERDIER and P. NATIVEL / pp. 457-464 --- 5. Terrestrial Geophysics --- Regional Geophysical Imaging of the Antarctic Lithosphere / R. R. B. VON FRESE, D. E. ALSDORF, J-H. KIM, T. M. STEPP, D. R. H. O'CONNELL, K. J. HAYDEN and W-S. LI / pp. 465-474 --- Present Status of Seismic Network in Antarctica / K. KAMINUMA / pp. 475-482 --- Phase Velocity Distribution Beneath Antarctica and Surrounding Oceans / D. ROULAND and G. ROULT / pp. 483-488 --- Determination of the Gravity Field around Antarctica Using Satellite Altimeter Data and Surface Gravity Data —A Review of the Recent Studies— / Y. FUKUDA, J. SEGAWA and K. KAMINUMA / pp. 489-492 --- Intermittent Micro-Seismic Activity in the Vicinity of Syowa Station, East Antarctica / K. KAMINUMA and J. AKAMATSU / pp. 493-498 --- An Approach to the Seismicity of Mt. Melbourne Volcano (Northern Victoria Land—Antarctica) / E. PRIVITERA, L. VILLARI and S. GAMBINO / pp. 499-506 --- The Crustal Structure beneath Ice Stream C and Ridge BC, West Antarctica from Seismic Refraction and Gravity Measurements / C. G. MUNSON and C. R. BENTLEY / pp. 507-514 --- Numerical Modelling of Uplift and Subsidence Adjacent to the Transantarctic Mountain Front / T. A. STERN, U. S. TEN BRINK and M. H. P. BOTT / pp. 515-522 --- Gravity Study of the Mt. Melbourne Quadrangle and the Lower Rennick Glacier Area in North Victoria Land., Antarctica, and the Relation of the Rennick Graben Structure to Rifting Processes in the Ross Sea / J. KIENLE, T. F. REDFIELD and A. M. GOODLIFFE / pp. 523-534 --- Gravity Modeling Across the Transantarctic Mountains, Northern Victoria Land / T. F. REDFIELD and J. C. BEHRENDT / pp. 535-544 --- A Preliminary Aeromagnetic Anomaly Compilation Map for the Weddell Province of Antarctica / A. C. JOHNSON, N. D. ALESHKOVA, P. F. BARKER, A. V. GOLYNSKY, V. N. MASOLOV and A. M. SMITH / pp. 545-554 --- New Aeromagnetic Map of West Antarctica (Weddell Sea Sector): Introduction to Important Features / A. C. JOHNSON and A. M. SMITH / pp. 555-562 --- Ground Magnetics in North Victoria Land (East Antarctica) / E. BOZZO, A. COLLA and A. MELONI / pp. 563-570 --- Airborne Gravity from a Light Aircraft: CASERTZ 1990-1991 / R. E. BELL, B. J. COAKLEY, D. D. BLANKENSHIP, S. M. HODGE, J. M. BROZENA and J. JARVIS / pp. 571-578 --- Thinning Rate of Ice Sheet on Mizuho Plateau, East Antarctica, Determined by GPS Differential Positioning / H. TOH and K. SHIBUYA / pp. 579-584 --- The Geophysical Observatory at Terra Nova Bay / A. MELONI, A. DE SANTIS, A. MORELLI, P. PALANGIO, G. ROMEO, E. BOZZO and G. CANEVA / pp. 585-588 --- The Absolute Gravity Station and the Mt. Melbourne Gravity Network in Terra Nova Bay, North Victoria Land, East Antarctica / G. CERUTTI, F. ALASIA, A. GERMAK, E. BOZZO, G. CANEVA, R. LANZA and I. MARSON / pp. 589-564 --- Seismological Observations by a Three-Component Broadband Digital Seismograph at Syowa Station, Antarctica / K. NAGASAKA, K. KAMINUMA and K. SHIBUYA / pp. 595-602 --- 6. Marine Geology and Geophysics --- Preliminary Seismic Stratigraphy of the Northwestern Weddell Sea Continental Shelf / J. B. ANDERSON, S. S. SHIPP and F. P. SIRINGAN / pp. 603-612 --- Sequence Stratigraphy of the Crary Fan, Southeastern Weddell Sea / A. MOONS, M. DE BATIST, J. P. HENRIET H. MILLER / pp. 613-618 --- Modeling of Cenozoic Stratigraphy in the Ross Sea Using Sonobuoy Seismic-Refraction Data / G. R. COCHRANE and A. K. COOPER / pp. 619-626 --- Heat Flow and Tectonics of the Western Ross Sea / B. DELLA VEDOVA, G. PELLLS, L. A. LAWVER and G. BRANCOLINI / pp. 627-638 --- Tectonic Development of Graben over the Astrid Ridge off Dronning Maud Land, Antarctica / D. GOPALA RAO, M. V. RAMANA and K. V. L. N. S. SARMA / pp. 639-648 --- The Directions of Magnetic Anomaly Lineations in Enderby Basin, off Antarctica / Y. NOGI, N. SEAMA and N. ISEZAKI / pp. 649-654 --- International Offshore Studies on Antarctic Cenozoic History, Glaciation, and Sea-Level Change: The ANTOSTRAT Project / A. K. COOPER and P. N. WEBB / pp. 655-660 --- 7. Cenozoic Geology and Geornorphology --- Late Cenozoic Glacial History in the Sør -Rondane Mountains, East Antarctica / K. MORIWAKI, K. HIRAKAWA, M. HAYASHI and S. IWATA / pp. 661-668 --- Glaciation of the Central Part of the Sør Rondane, Antarctica: Glaciological Evidence / F. PATTYN, H. DECLEIR and P. HUYBRECHTS / pp. 669-678 --- Observations of Clayey Till and Underlying Glacier Ice in the Central Sør Rondane Mountains, East Antarctica / H. HASEGAWA, S. IWATA and N. MATSUOKA / pp. 679-682 --- Late Quaternary Ice-Surface Fluctuations of the Lambert Glacier / M. C. G. MABIN / pp. 683-688 --- Late Quaternary History of the Bunger Hills, East Antarctica / E. A. COLHOUN and D. A. ADAMSON / pp. 689-698 --- Late Neogene Sediments of Coastal East Antarctica —An Overview / P. G. QUILTY / pp. 699-706 --- Cenozoic Glacial Geology and Mountain Uplift in Northern Victoria Land, Antarctica / F. M. VAN DER WATEREN and A. L. L. M. VERBERS / pp. 707-714 --- A Glacio-Geological Reconnaissance of the Southern Prince Albert Mountains, Victoria Land, Antarctica / A. L. L. M. VERBERS and F. M. VAN DER WATEREN / pp. 715-720 --- Geomorphology of the Priestley Glacier to Campbell Glacier Transect Mapped by Aerial Photographs (Victoria Land - Antarctica) / A. BIASINI, O. FANUCCI and M. C. SALVATORE / pp. 721-726 --- Satellite Data Processing of Victoria Land / R. CASACCHIA, A. CAPRARO, M. POSCOLIERI, R. SALVATORI, R. BIANCHI and A. PICCHIOTTI / pp. 727-732 --- Fluctuations of Ice Tongues and Ice Shelves Derived from Satellite Images in Terra Nova Bay Area, Victoria Land, Antarctica / M. FREZZOTTI / pp. 733-740 --- The Last Major Deglaciation in the Antarctic Peninsula Region—A Review of Recent Swedish Quaternary Research— / C. HJORT, Ó. INGÓLFSSON and S. BJÖRCK / pp. 741-744 --- Permafrost Occurrence of Seymour Island and James Ross Island, Antarctic Peninsula Region / M. FUKUDA, J. STRELIN, K. SHIMOKAWA, N. TAKAHASHI, T. SONE and D. TROMBOTT / pp. 745-750 --- Geomorphology of Hurd Peninsula, Livingston Island, South Shetland Islands / J. LOPEZ-MARTINEZ, E. MARTINEZ DE PISON and A. ARCHE / pp. 751-756 --- Mechanical Weathering on Livingston Island, South Shetland Islands, Antarctica / K. J. HALL / pp. 757-762 --- Modeling the Bathymetry of the Antarctic Continental Shelf / U. S. TEN BRINK and A. K. COOPER / pp. 763-772 --- Cenozoic Glacial History of Antarctica—A Correlative Synthesis / K. MORIWAKI, Y. YOSHIDA and D. M. HARWOOD / pp. 773-780 --- Late Quaternary Environmental Changes in the Antarctic and their Correlation with Global Change / Q. S. ZHANG / pp. 781-786

Description / Table of Contents: PREFACE The search for tin dates back to the earliest days of civilization. For about 40 years, world tin mining has oscillated at a level of 150,000-250,000 t Sn/year, with a mine output in 1989 of 210,000 t Sn (MCS 1990). This figure corresponds to a current annual value of about US$1.5 billion and places tin ninth on the metal market behind iron, gold, uranium, copper, zinc, silver, platinum and nickel. Tin deposits belong to the granite-related ore deposit spectrum which includes many metals vital to current and future technologies such as Cu, W, Mo, U, Nb, Ta, Ag, Au, Sb, Bi, As, Pb, Zn, REE, Be, Ga and Li. The granitic rocks associated with tin and tin-tungsten deposits have long been identified as a special group of granites, the so-called tin granites. These rocks provide a unique opportunity to study the magmatic and hydrothermal history of tin ore formation. Tin granites are more easily identifiable as parent rocks for tin (and tungsten) mineralization than is the case for other mineralized granitic rocks such as molybdenum and copper porphyries. The magmatic molybdenum and copper distribution patterns are more complex (control by sulfide solubilities), and commonly obliterated by fluid interaction. The relatively simple situation of tin granites provides therefore an invaluable opportunity to study some metallogenic aspects of magmatic-hydrothermal ore deposits in general. The present study attempts to develop a general metallogenic model for tin in identifying the essential or relevant processes in tin ore formation. The methodological principle is based, on an interplay between a background of some basic petrogenetic concepts and a number of specific local and regional data on tin deposits and tin provinces, with particular reference to those areas with which the author is most familiar with (Bolivia, SE Asia, Europe). This inductive approach condenses the many apparently specific complexities encountered in individual ore deposits to a few major processes of general importance. The inherent reductionism may have a personal bias which is probably inevitable in any simple and broad-scale picture ("Apr6s tout, la raison est bien I'esclave des passions"; Feyerabend 1979:210). The critical problem of the relevance of those factors chosen for our model can be judged by its degree of consistency and predictive capability for new and analogous cases...

Description / Table of Contents: PREFACE This volume comprises the main lectures delivered at the Fourth International Summer School in the Mountains on "Mathematical and Numerical Techniques in Physical Geodesy", held from August 25 to September 5, 1986 in Admont, Austria. The School was organized by the Institute of Theoretical Geodesy of the Technical University Graz, Austria under the auspices of the International Association of Geodesy. All five continents were represented by 70 participants from over 20 countries. The purpose of the Summer School was to provide an introduction to advanced techniques which represent the mathematical vehicle for the treatment of modern geodetic problems, to familiarize participants with the present state of the art of global and local gravity field determination methods, ranging from orbit theory, the key satellite techniques, to inertial and standard terrestrial methods, and to discuss future scientific developments. The arrangement of this volume matches the sequence of lectures given at the School. The theoretical PART A represents the mathematical framework of modern physical geodesy, the application PART B deals with the key satellite and surface techniques, providing the detailed structure of the earth's gravity field. PART A: One of the main goals in physical geodesy, global and local gravity field determination, is pursued by extensively applying functional analytic methods. Recently special attention is being given to the base function and norm choice problem, and to the establishment of a sound link between density distributions inside the earth as the source and observed or estimated gravity field quantities as the effect. The lectures by C.C. Tscherning focus on this topic. Space and time dependent problems of discrete and continuous type are encountered in modern geodesy nowadays and dealt with in the lectures by F. Sans6. Estimation theory either in its stochastic or statistic formulation plays a key role in the processing of processes like the earth's gravity field. The consistent processing of large structured data sets calls for equally structured numerical algorithms. Spectral analysis with its powerful fast Fourier transform has become a common tool for the treatment of such problems. An introduction to spectral methods, supplemented by numerous examples, is provided by B. Hofmann-Wellenhof and H. Moritz. PART B: The theory of orbit dynamics, tailored to the near circular orbits of most geodetic satellites, is fundamental to modern geodetic satellite techniques and discussed in the lectures by O.L. Colombo. Particular emphasis is put on the interplay between orbit perturbations and the earth's disturbing gravity field and its mapping by satellite techniques like satellite altimetry, satellite-tosatellite tracking and satellite gradiometry. Satellite gradiometry, which is discussed in the lectures by R. Rummel in detail, with regard to the geometric structure of the gravitational field, the observability of the gradients, and the mathematical model underlying the gravity field recovery problem, promises to provide particularly detailed information about the gravity field of our planet. The global structure of the earth's gravity field is described in terms of earth gravity field models which are derived from both satellite and surface data. The many delicate, mathematically as well as numerically challenging problems, related to the consistent processing of very large space distributed data sets, and proposed solutions are presented in the lecture by R.H. Rapp. For many years various attempts have been made to explain the shorter wavelength part of the earth's anomalous gravity field by isostatic phenomena. Recently several high resolution topographicisostatic earth models have been computed based on global digital terrain data using different techniques fo~ the estimation of the parameters of the chosen isostatic model. A declared goal is the maximum smoothing of the observed gravity field by removing the contribution of the topography and its isostatic compensation. This topic is discussed in the lectures by H. SUnkel. Inertial methods are steadily gaining importance, power and application. This is not only due to hardware improvements in terms of precision and reliability, but also due to recent advances in the mathematical and numerical modelling of the system's performance. An investigation of the error characteristics of inertial survey systems and their interaction with the anomalous gravity field, studied in the framework of dynamic system analysis, is the topic of the lectures by K.-P. Schwarz and the key issue for further improvements and possible integrations with other positioning systems. Geodetic data have both geometric and physical ingredients of various nature. Standard geodetic processing procedures aim at a separation of geometry from physics. Integrated geodesy, in contrast, has been designed as a very sophisticated melting pot which handles practically all available geodetic data in a consistent and optimal way.lt handles surface and satellite data with either geometrically or gravity field dominated content, and geophysical data in terms of density and seismic informatlon just as well and represents as such the great synthesis of mathematical modelling in connexion with geodetic data processing techniques; these advanced ideas are presented in the lectures by G. Hein. This volume presents highlights of modern geodetic activity and takes the reader to the frontiers of current research. It is not a textbook on a closed and limited subject, but rather a reference book for graduates and scientists working in the vast and beautiful, demanding but rewarding field of earth science in general and physical geodesy in particular. The editor expresses his appreciation to all authors of this volume for their advice and help in formulating and designing the scientific program of the Summer School, for providing typewritten lecture notes, and for their excellent cooperation.

Description / Table of Contents: PREFACE There are problems, when applying statistical inference to the analysis of data, which are not readily solved by the inferential methods of the standard statistical techniques. One example is the computation of confidence intervals for variance components or for functions of variance components. Another example is the statistical inference on the random parameters of the mixed model of the standard statistical techniques or the inference on parameters of nonlinear models. Bayesian analysis gives answers to these problems. The advantage of the Bayesian approach is its conceptual simplicity. It is based on Bayes' theorem only. In general, the posterior distribution for the unknown parameters following from Bayes' theorem can be readily written down. The statistical inference is then solved by this distribution. Often the posterior distribution cannot be integrated analytically. However, this is not a serious drawback, since efficient methods exist for the numerical integration. The results of the standard statistical techniques concerning the linear models can also be derived by the Bayesian inference. These techniques may therefore be considered as special cases of the Bayesian analysis. Thus, the Bayesian inference is more general. Linear models and models closely related to linear models will be assumed for the analysis of the observations which contain the information on the unknown parameters of the models. The models, which are presented, are well suited for a variety of tasks connected with the evaluation of data. When applications are considered, data will be analyzed which have been taken to solve problems of surveying engineering. This does not mean, of course, that the applications are restricted to geodesy. Bayesian statistics may be applied wherever data need to be evaluated, for instance in geophysics. After an introduction the basic concepts of Bayesian inference are presented in Chapter 2. Bayes' theorem is derived and the introduction of prior information for the unknown parameters is discussed. Estimates of the unknown parameters, of confidence regions and the testing of hypotheses are derived and the predictive analysis is treated. Finally techniques for the numerical integration of the integrals are presented which have to be solved for the statistical inference. Chapter 3 introduces models to analyze data for the statistical inference on the unknown parameters and deals with special applications. First the linear model is presented with noninformative and informative priors for the unknown parameters. The agreement with the results of the standard statistical techniques is pointed out. Furthermore, the prediction of data and the linear model not of full rank are discussed. A method for identifying a model is presented and a less sensitive hypothesis test for the standard statistical techniques is derived. The Kalman-Bucy filter for estimating unknown parameters of linear dynamic systems is also given. Nonlinear models are introduced and as an example the fit of a straight line is treated. The resulting posterior distribution for the unknown parameters is analytically not tractable, so that numerical methods have to be applied for the statistical inference. In contrast to the standard statistical techniques, the Bayesian analysis for mixed models does not discriminate between fixed and random parameters, it distinguishes the parameters according to their prior information. The Bayesian inference on the parameters, which correspond to the random parameters of the mixed model of the standard statistical techniques, is therefore readily accomplished. Noninformafive priors of the variance and covariance components are derived for the linear model with unknown variance and covariance components. In addition, informative priors are given. Again, the resulting posterior distributions are analytically not tractable, so that numerical methods have to be applied for the Bayesian inference. The problem of classification is solved by applying the Bayes rule, i.e. the posterior expected loss computed by the predictive density function of the observations is minimized. Robust estimates of the standard statistical techniques, which are maximum likelihood type estimates, the so-called M-estimates, may also be derived by Bayesian inference. But this approach not only leads to the M-estimates, but also any inferential problem for the parameters may be solved. Finally, the reconstruction of digital images is discussed. Numerous methods exist for the analysis of digital images. The Bayesian approach unites some of them and gives them a common theoretical foundation. This is due to the flexibility by which prior information for the unknown parameters can be introduced. It is assumed that the reader has a basic knowledge of the standard statistical techniques. Whenever these results are needed, for easy reference the appropriate page of the book "Parameter Estimation and Hypothesis Testing in Linear Models" by the author (Koch 1988a) is cited. Of course, any other textbook on statistical techniques can serve this purpose. To easily recognize the end of an example or a proof, it is marked by a A or a t~, respectively. I want to thank all colleagues and students who contributed to this book. In particular, I thank Mr. Andreas Busch, Dipl.-Ing., for his suggestions. I also convey my thanks to Mrs. Karin Bauer, who prepared the copy of the book. The assistance of the Springer- Verlag in checking the English text is gratefully acknowledged. The responsibility of errors, of course, remains with the author.

Description / Table of Contents: Cellular growth is an important crystal growth process and offers an interesting example of natural pattern formation. The present work has been undertaken to study cellular growth, especially its pattern formation, both experimentally and numerically. In situ observations of faceted cellular growth clearly revealed cellular interactions in the array of cells. Cell tip splitting and loss of cells were observed to be the two main mechanisms for the adjustment of cell spacings during growth. For the first time, the true time-dependent faceted cellular growth has been modelled properly. The time evolution of faceted cellular growth has demonstrated the dynamical features of cellular growth processes. It was shown that the pattern formation was determined by cellular interactions in the array, either transient or persistent depending on the growth condition. The cellular structures were irregular when persistent interactions occurred, whereas relatively regular structures could be formed once the transient interactions had stopped. As a result of cellular interactions, a finite range of stable cell spacings was found under a given growth condition. Numerical experiments were carried out for k 〉 1 and k 〈 1 (where k is the solute partition coefficient), under a number of different growth conditions. It was found that these two cases were not symmetric as far as solute distribution is concerned; however the pattern formation behaviours were similar. For k 〉 1 shallow cells were retained, while for k 〈 1, the formation of liquid grooves along the cell boundary depended on the growth condition. The solute effect plays an important role in the cellular interactions in the array. The results were compared with experimental observations in thin film silicon single crystals. It is felt that a general behaviour of pattern formation is found and should be expected for other processes such as non-faceted cellular or eutectic growth. In addition, the solute flow in steady state cellular array growth was studied using the point source technique. Preliminary work was carried out to measure steady state non-faceted cell shapes. Heat flow in zone melting was studied numerically.

Description / Table of Contents: This volume contains the proceedings of a symposium held at Freiburg im Breisgau, October 7-11, 1990. The symposium was sponsored mainly by the Deutsche Forschungsgemeinschaft (DFG), by the Geological Institute of the University of Freiburg, and by the International Association of Mathematical Geology. We thank these and all other sponsors of the meeting. The symposium whose participants came from more then twenty countries was the first international meeting dedicated entirely to geological applications of threedimensional computer graphics, a rapidly growing field of scientific visualization in geology. The selection of papers in this volume covers a wide range of methods developed in the last decade.

Description / Table of Contents: Biolaminated deposits, produced by microbial communities, were studied in modern peritidal environments and in the rock record. The term microbial, mat refers to modern, the term stromatolite to ancient analogs. The term biolaminated deposits was used to encompass both microbial mats and stromatolites. Microbial mat environments studied are the Gavish Sabkha, the Solar Lake, both hypersaline back-barrier systems at the Gulf of Aqaba, Sinai Peninsula, and the "Farbstreifen-Sandwatt" (versicolored sandy tidal flats) on Mellum, an island in the estuary embayment of the southern North Sea coast. Three facies-relevant categories were distinguished: (i) the mat-forming microbiota, (2) environmental conditions controlling mat types and lithology, (3) bioturbation and grazing. Cyanobacteria account for biogenic sediment accretion in all cases studied. Three major groups occur: filamentous cyanobacteria, coccoid unicells with binary fission and those with multiple fission. In the presence of these groups the following mat types evolve: (i) continuously flat (stratiform) L~-laminae (occur in all environments studied); (2) translucent, vertically extended Lv-laminae (only Gavish Sabkha and Solar Lake); (3) nodular granules (only Gavish Sabkha). Basically, the development of mats is controlled by moisture. Thus high-lying parts where the groundwater table runs more than 40 cm below surface are bare of mats. These are: The circular slope and elevated center of the Gavish Sabkha, the shorelines of the Solar Lake and the episodically flooded upper supratidal zone of Mellum Island. The following situations of water supply were found to stimulate mat growth: (i) Capillary movement of groundwater to exposed surfaces, (2) shallowest calm water, both realized in the Gavish Sabkha and the Solar Lake. On Mellum Island, mats form in the lower supratidal zone, which is flooded in the spring tide cycle and wetted during low tide by capillary groundwater. Salinity is almost that of normal seawater, whereas in the Solar Lake, it ranges from 45 °/oo to 180 °/oo and in the Gavish Sabkha, it reaches more than 300 °/oo. Salinity increase is correlated with rising concentrations of magnesium and sulfate ions. In the Gavish Sabkha, episodic sheetfloods cause high-rate sedimentation which is accidental to the living mats. Episodic low-rate sedimentation stimulates the mats to grow through the freshly deposited sediment layer. This occurs predominantly on Mellum Island due to eolian transport. Within the Gavish Sabkha, mineralogy of sediments, community structures, standing crops, redox potentials and pH are highly correlative to the increasing evenness in moisture supply which is realized by the inclination of the system below mean sea level. These conditions bring about a lateral sequence of facies types which include (I) siliciclastic biolaminites at the coastal bar base, (2) nodular to biolaminoid carbonates at saline mud flats, (3) regularly stratified stromatolitic carbonates with ooids and oncoids within the hypersaline lagoon, (4) biolaminated sulfate towardthe elevated center. High-magnesium calcite in facies type 3 precipitates around decaying organic matter and forms also the ooids and oncoids. These occur predominantly within hydroplastic Lv-laminae which provide numerous nucleation centers. Within the Solar Lake, facies type 3 (stromatolitic carbonates with ooids and oncoids) is most important, and grows to extraordinary thickness at the lake's shelf. The regular alternation of dark and light laminae results from seasonally oscillating water depths. These conditions couple back over changing light and salinity intensities to changing dominance structures of mat-building communities. Increasing salinity correlates with decreasing water depth and accounts for the relative abundance of coccoid unicells and diatoms, both active producers of extracellular slimes (Lv-laminae). Water depths locally or temporarily increased favor surface colonization by Mic~ocoleu8 chthonoplastes (Lh-laminae). The biolaminated deposits of the versicolored tidal flats on Mellum Island are similar to facies type 1 of the Gavish Sabkha (siliciclastic biolaminites). Differences exist in the lithology: Sediments upon or through which the mats on Mellum Island grow are made up of clean sand. The grains originate predominantly from re-worked glacial sediments and are rounded to well rounded. By contrast, the strong angularity of siliciclastic grains in the Gavish Sabkha clearly shows their status as primary weathering products. In all environments studied, insects play a significant role. Mainly salt beetles contribute to the lebensspuren spectrum. There is no indication that burrowing and grazing beetles and dipterans are detrimental to the growing mat systems. According to the marine fauna, two distributional barriers exist: (i) physical and (2) biogeochemical factors. Physical barriers are (a) hypersalinity and barrier-closing, which restrict the marine fauna in the Gavish Sabkha and the Solar Lake to a few species, mainly meiofaunal elements such as ostracods and copepods. Only in the Gavish Sabkha, one marine gastropod species occurs which colonizes mud flats of lower salinity. A salinity barrier of about 70 °/oo separates the gastropod habitats from the zones of growing mats. Under reduced salinity, the snails are able to destroy the microbial mats completely. (b) Decreasing regularity of flooding in the microbial mat environment of Mellum Island excludes intertidal deformative burrowers such as cockles and lugworms. However, locally the mats are pierced by numerous dwelling traces. These stem from small polychaetes and amphipod crustaceans which are able to spread over the intertidal-supratidal boundary and settle up to the MHWS-Ievel. Biogeochemical barriers are oxygen depletion within the sediments, high ammonia and sulfide contents, which generate through bacterial break-down of organic matter. Within the highly productive mats of Mic~ocoleu8 chthonoplastes on Mellum Island, dwelling traces of marine polychaetes and amphipod crustaceans disappear due to these conditions. The name of the mat-forming species, Microcoleus chthonoplastes, indicates its capacity to form "soils" (Greek chthonos). While lithology is not altered, the presence of Mic~ocoleu8 mats leads to a habitat change which excludes trace-making "arenophile" invertebrate species and favors "chthonophile" species which do not leave traces. Stromatolitic microstructures studied in rock specimens were interpreted using modern analogs: Microcolumnar buildups in Precambrian stromatolites, ooids and oncoids were compared with those of modern microbial mats. The nodular to biolaminoid facies type found in the Gavish Sabkha was suggested to be an analog to the Plattendolomite facies of Permian Zechstein, North Poland. Studies of the Lower Jurassic ironstone of Lorraine clearly indicate that fungi have been involved in the formation of stromatolites, ooids and oncoids. In conclusion, the comparative study of microstructures in microbial mats and stromatolites reveals a better understanding in both fields. In many cases, it was geology which first revealed the similarity of recent forms to those ancient ones and consequently encouraged research into them.

Description / Table of Contents: PREFACE During the last decades, remarkable progress in heat flow studies has been made and a rough picture of the global surface heat flow density distribution can now be drawn. Simultaneously, the question of over which time period the surface heat flow is constant arose. There is a big field of model calculations, based on the changes in radioactive heat generation of the Earth, on plate motions, on stretching hypotheses or on other ideas, which result in geotherms in the geological past. Although these speculative paleogeotherms seem to be realistic especially in oceanic areas they do not belong to the scope of this book. In continental areas however, it is not possible to find a simple time dependence of the surface heat flow density. However, petroleum research and tectogenetic studies are very interested in the geothermal history of sedimentary basins and other continental areas. To obtain satisfactory results, a more or less direct determination of paleo heat flow density or geothermal gradient would be necessary to give more certain boundary conditions for calculating oil generation, and for controlling tectogenetic hypotheses. There are many methods available in the geosciences to determine temperatures in the geological past. Most of these models are able to estimate temperatures at which a mineral or a mineral assemblage was formed. These methods, however, are mostly unsuitable to reach the main goal of paleogeothermics in general, which is to determine the (regional) heat flow density variations during the geological past for bigger geological units, such as sedimentary basins. The methods applied most in sedimentary basins have been deduced from the degree of coalification of organic matter. Although much effort has been made to explain analytically the organic metamorphism, the results found up to now have been insufficient . However, the widespread application of this thermometer to estimate ancient thermal conditions is also reflected in the contents of this very volume where the interpretation of the degree of coalification of organic matter plays an important role. As well as this geothermometers, other methods are reviewed from a geophysical viewpoint which favours methods suitable to determine a paleothermal state of the upper crust. Further contributions of this book deal with - the history of the earth's surface temperature whose change provides an essential correction factor in heat flow density determinations, - isotope geothermometers and their application to various environments to evaluate thermal conditions in the past geological history, - an application of the radiometric dating method to retrace the paleothermal condition of the Central Alps. Most of the contributions were presented at the symposium "Paleogeothermics" which was held at the 18. General Assembly of the International Union of Geodesy and Geophysics, August 15-27, 1983 in Hamburg/FRG. It has been the first time that such a symposium has been organized by the International Heat Flow Commission, and this book presents an attempt to define paleogeothermics under the auspices of the International Heat Flow Commission.

Description / Table of Contents: INTRODUCTION The study is essentially empirical, since it portrays and appraises two different water management systems, and relates them to one another. Yet the analysis has also been made with definite research aims in mind. Its focus has been narrowed down to the environmental assessment of urban water management systems in arid and semi-arid regions, especially with an eye to deal with information problems in the Developing World. The study addresses a set of very critical issues of global concern, and, thus, delineates a crucial topic for international research. The fact that a wide range of critical issues usually complicates and aggravates the given problem setting provides the comparative analysis with a special practical incentive to explore the opportunities for joint strategies and comprehensive solutions. However, the complexities involved between water management and the environment and the relative lack of a joint theory in that field pose certain difficulties to such an undertaking. In order to fully appreciate the underlying purpose of the study and the scope of its implications, the various facets of the problem setting and the essential ingredients of the general line of approach have first to be unravelled and expounded at some length. Above all, it needs to be shown how these facets combine to produce the complex, burning issues which in turn seem to, both in theory and practice, require correspondingly intricate, strategic approaches for their solutions...

Description / Table of Contents: PREFACE Some of the major ecological and social problems of the present and future are the production, treatment, and disposal of anthropogenic wastes. Iaais is equally true for sparsely and densely populated industrial areas, including large countries in which sites for waste disposal would seem to be readily available. Especially nonradioactive hazardous wastes with their long-term toxicity need to be isolated from the biosphere just as effectively as radioactive substances. The long-term safety required of waste disposal sites can only be assured under specific geological and mineralogical conditions in certain parts of the lithosphere (underground repositories). The subjects related to the production, avoidance, treatment, and disposal of anthropogenic wastes cover a range of knowledge encompassing the natural sciences, engineering, medicine, and law. This work presents some fundamental situations and problems conceming the disposal of toxic hazardous wastes which have been dealt with in several research projects. The individual chapters are related scientifically. Long-term, effective solutions to our waste problems can only be found when interrelationships and possible future developments are considered. Only the current status of this rapidly developing field can be discussed here. The individual chapters contain scientifically founded data and observations. Other aspects for which there are still controversial opinions and arguments are also discussed, which should stimulate further thought. Further developments and scientific advances can only be achieved by constantly challenging previous theories, and not through static observation and narrow-mindedness. The most extensive quantification possible of the problems related to disposal of hazardous wastes is an essential aim of our work. This not only involves calculating the volume of waste and available repository space, but also compiling data on the long-term effects and the safe, long-term isolation of anthropogenic wastes from the biosphere. A simple description of conditions and processes without using concrete data, which is still widespread, is rejected since it frequently leads to pure speculation. The scientific fundamentals and results presented in this work are of general validity for many questions concerning waste disposal. One example is the amount of waste produced annually in Germany, in which toxic, hazardous wastes play a major role. FoIlowing this train of thought, available data are used to show how limited the possibilities are for the long-term safe underground deposition of hazardous wastes with respect to the current quantities of waste. Of utmost importance is information on the 10ng-term effects of toxic wastes, as well as criteria which have to be considered with respect to the long-term safe deposition of hazardous waste. The natural chemical cycles and material transport in the various zones of the earth are the focus of interest here. They are the scientific basis for assessing every repository for anthropogenic wastes in geological systems. Therefore the significance of material transport and geochemical cycles is emphasized regarding all questions concerning the long-term safety of repositories on the earth's surface and in the lithosphere. Thus, our concept for the scientific evaluation of the long-term safety of underground repositories in geological systems differs from all other models presently under discussion in Germany. In this work, marine evaporites are discussed with respect to the underground deposition of hazardous wastes and the long-term safety of underground repositories in salt rocks. The isolation of hazardous materials from the biosphere can above all be influenced by fluid phases. Fluid phases can mobilize and transport hazardous materials through rocks in the biosphere. This is true, without exception, for all magmatic, sedimentary, and metamorphic rocks, and for marine evaporites, too! In Germany evaporites have commonly been considered to be completely impermeable with respect to fluid phases (solutions and gases). This erroneous view stems from a complete lack of knowledge or misestimation of the dynamic evolution of the composition of evaporite bodies. Unfortunately, this is still true today for parts of some state agencies which deal with repositories. However, all observations of evaporite bodies made over the last more than 100 years have clearly shown that under certain conditions fluid and gaseous components are mobile in evaporites as well. Solutions in marine evaporites have been the object of personal interest and scientific research of A.G. Herrmann for 40 years. The occurrence and formation of salt solutions in the various salt mining districts of Germany are presently being restudied and reevaluated on an extended scientific basis (e.g., v. BORSTEL 1992). A presentation of the current knowledge on salt solutions is beyond the scope of this publication. However, in the interest of continuing research a research project proposed by A.G. Herrmann (1987b) will be introduced here. The direct quantitative analysis of the chemical composition (quatemary and quinary systems) of small fluid inclusions in rocks of the salt deposits of Hessen and Niedersachsen are the primary focus of this project. Information important to fundamental research on the formation and alteration of salt rocks and on the long-term safety of underground repositories should be gained from these studies (e.g., HERRMANN & v. BORSTEL 1991). In addition to salt solutions, gases are also fluid components which occur in practically all marine evaporite deposits. Hence, both salt solutions and gases must be carefully considered when planning underground repositories in an evaporite body and evaluating their long-term safety. This publication contains an up-to-date overview of the gas occurrences in the marine evaporites of Central Europe. Despite previous studies, there is still a considerable deficit in scientific information regarding the distribution and formation of gases in the evaporites occurring in Germany. A detailed research program on the geochemical relationships involving the formation of evaporites and gases will draw attention to this situation. One aspect must be emphasized in the planning and construction of repositories for anthropogenic wastes: their long-term safety. This publication deals precisely with this subject, and in Part III of this work we will present the concept that we have developed. This concept is based on the fact that evaporite bodies are subject to a dynamic evolution and that the chemical and mineralogical composition provides important information on the effect of fluid phases on salt rocks. Previous works contain the testing of methods and presented initial results using the Gorleben salt dome as an example. However, we are just at the beginning of our research project on the long-term safety of underground repositories (e.g., HERRMANN & KNIPPING 1989, HERRMANN 1992). The information contained in this publication is based on years of experience in evaporite research and underground repositories for anthropogenic wastes. Examples are presented which can be applied to similar situations and problems in other countries. Waste disposal is not just a national problem, it has long become an international one for all types of anthropogenic wastes...

Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 1: SEDIMENTARY PROCESSES --- Architectural Elements and Bounding Surfaces in Channelized Clastic Deposits: Notes on Comparisons between Fluvial and Turbidite Systems / A. D. MIALL / pp. 3-15 --- A Simulation of Basin Margin Sedimentation to Infer Geometry and Lithofacies—A Carbonate Example— / K. NAKAYAMA and C. G. St. C. KENDALL / pp. 17-31 --- Gravel Fabric of Clast-Supported Resedimented Conglomerate / K. YAGISHITA / pp. 33-42 --- Magnetic Fabrics and Depositional Processes / A. TAIRA / pp. 43-77 --- Chapter 2: FLUVIAL TO COASTAL FACIES --- Sedimentation in Coarse-Grained Sand-Bedded Meanders: Distinctive Deposition of Suspended Sediment / F. ISEYA and H. IKEDA / pp. 81-112 --- Mechanism of Inverse Grading of Suspended Load Deposits / F. ISEYA / pp. 113-129 --- Coastal Eolian Dune Deposits of the Pleistocene Shimosa Group in Chiba, Japan / H. NAKAZATO, H. SATO, and F. MASUDA / pp. 131-141 --- Synsedimentary Conjugate Faults in the Pleistocene Tidal Deposits at Ushibori, Ibaraki, Japan / H. AONO and F. MASUDA / pp. 143-149 --- Description and Genesis of Tidal Bedding in the Cobequid Bay-Salmon River Estuary, Bay of Fundy, Canada / R. W. DALRYMPLE and Y. MAKINO / pp. 151-177 --- Petrofacies of Paleo-Tokyo Bay Sands, the Upper Pleistocene of Central Honshu, Japan / M.ITO and F.MASUDA / pp. 179-196 --- Faunal Condensation in Early Phases of Glacio-Eustatic Sea-Level Rise, Found in the Middle to Late Pleistocene Shimosa Group, Boso Peninsula, Central Japan / Y. KONDO / pp. 197-212 --- Chapter 3: SHALLOW MARINE FACIES --- Sedimentology and History of Sea Level Changes in the East China Sea and Adjacent Seas / B.-C. SUK / pp. 215-231 --- Sediments and Sedimentary Processes in the Yellow and East China Seas / J. D. MILLIMAN, Y. S. QIN, and Y. A. PARK / pp. 233-249 --- Bedforms and Their Migration Patterns in the Southern Bungo Strait, Japan / K. IKEHARA and Y. KIN05HITA / pp. 251-260 --- The Kuroshio-Generated Bedform System in the Osumi Strait, Southern Kyushu, Japan / K. IKEHARA / pp. 261-273 --- Ocean Current-Controlled Sedimentary Facies of the Pleistocene Ichijiku Formation, Kazusa Group, Boso Peninsula, Japan / N. NAKAYAMA and F. MASUDA / pp. 275-293 --- Multi-Layered Progradational Sequences in the Shelf and Shelf Slope of the Southwest Japan Forearc / Y. OKAMURA / pp. 295-318 --- Storm-Built Sand Ridges on the Inner Shelf of Kashima-Nada, Northeast Japan / Y. SAITO / pp. 319-330 --- Storm Deposits in the Inner Shelf and Their Recurrence Intervals, Sendai Bay, Northeast Japan / Modern Y. SAITO / pp. 331-344 --- Sea-Level Controlled Shallow-Marine Systems in the Plio-Pleistocene Kakegawa Group, Shizuoka, Central Honshu, Japan: Comparison of Transgressive and Regressive Phases / M. ISHIBASHI / pp. 345-363 --- Coarse Clastic Sedimentation in the Triassic Offshore Sequence of the South- eastern Kitakami Mountains, Japan / K. KAMADA / pp. 365-375 --- Depositional Facies of the Viséan (Carboniferous) Limestones in the South Kitakami Terrane, Northeast Japan / T. KAWAMURA / pp. 377-391 --- Chapter 4: SLOPE TO DEEP-WATER FACIES --- Depositional Scheme of Neogene Bedded Siliceous Rocks in an Active Upwelling Area-On the Wakkanai Formation, Northern Hokkaido, Japan / H. FUKUSAWA / pp. 395-419 --- Turbidites and Related Clastic Systems in the Tertiary Chichibu Basin, Central Japan / K. M. LATT / pp. 421-438 --- Two Stages of Submarine Fan Sedimentation in an Ancient Forearc Basin, Central Japan / S. TOKUHASHI / pp. 439-468 --- Synsedimentary Folding of a Sandstone Layer: Paleoslope Deduced from the Folding Process / M. FUSEYA / pp. 469-481 --- Miocene Offshore Tractive Current-Worked Conglomerates—Tsubutegaura, Chita Peninsula, Central Japan— / T. YAMAZAKI, M. YAMAOKA, and T. SHIKI / pp. 483-494 --- Coarse Clast Dominant Submarine Debrite, the Mio-Pliocene Fujikawa Group, Central Japan / W. SOH / pp. 495-510 --- Basal Structures of the Pleistocene Chikura Submarine Sliding Sheet in the Southernmost Boso Peninsula, Central Japan / T. ITO and S. SUGIYAMA / pp. 511-528 --- Topography and Sedimentary Facies of the Nankai Deep Sea Channel / K. SHIMAMURA / pp. 529-556 --- Ancient Trench-Fill and Trench-Slope Basin Deposits: An Example from the Permian Nishiki Group, Southwest Japan / A. HARA and K. KIMINAMI / pp. 557-575 --- Tectono-Sedimentary Settings of Seep Biological Communities—A Synthesis from the Japanese Subduction Zones— / K. FUJIOKA and A. TAIRA / pp. 577-602 --- Chapter 5: VOLCANIC FACIES --- Sedimentary Facies of the Mio-Pliocene Volcanotectonic Depressions along the Volcanic Front in Northeast Honshu, Japan / M. UTADA and T. ITO / pp. 605-618 --- Submarine Depositional Processes for Volcaniclastic Sediments in the Mio- Pliocene Misaki Formation, Miura Group, Central Japan / W. SOH, A. TAIRA, Y. OGAWA, H. TANIGUCHI, K. T. PICKERING, and D. A. V. STOW / pp. 619-630 --- Chapter 6: TECTONICS AND SEDIMENTATION --- Upper Cretaceous-Paleogene Kuji Basin of Northeast Japan: Tectonic Controls on Strike-Slip Basin Sedimentation / K. MINOURA and H. YAMAUCHI / pp. 633-658 --- The Itsukaichimachi Group: A Middle Miocene Strike-Slip Basin-Fill in the Southeastern Margin of the Kanto Mountains, Central Honshu, Japan / M. ITO / pp. 659-673 --- Structural Control on Sedimentation of Coal-Bearing Formations in Japan / K. FUJII / pp. 675-688 --- Coarse-Grained Turbidite Sedimentation Resulting from the Miocene Collision Event in Central Hokkaido, Japan / K. HOYANAGI / pp. 689-709 --- Eocene Foreland Thrust-Fold Belt of the Central Ryukyu Island Arc: Deduced from Sedimentary Structures in the Kayo Formation / H. UJIIE / pp. 711-722 --- Rifting of the Gondwanaland and Uplifting of the Himalayas Recorded in Mesozoic and Tertiary Fluvial Sediments in the Nepal Himalayas / H. SAKAI / pp. 723-732

Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 1. High Resolution and Better Imaging --- MUSES-B Satellite System for VSOP / H. Hirosawa / pp. 3-9 --- Mechanical Design and Development of a Deployable Space Antenna for Japanese VLBI Space Observatory Program / M. C. Natori, T. Takano, K. Miyoshi, T. Inoue and T. Kitamura / pp. 10-20 --- Operation of the VSOP Satellite / Y. Murata / pp. 21-25 --- Ground Supporting Facilities for VSOP Observations / N. Kawaguchi, H. Kobayashi, T. Miyaji, H. Mikoshiba, A. Tojo, Z. Yamamoto and H. Hirosawa, / pp. 26-33 --- Space VLBI Simulations / D. W. Murphy, V. Yakimov, H. Kobayashi, A. R. Taylor and I. Fejes / pp. 34-38 --- Space VLBI Scheduling Studies: Techniques and Results / D. L. Meier / pp. 39-43 --- An Affordable Advanced Space VLBI Mission / J. S. Ulvestad, D. L. Meier, D. W. Murphy, R. A. Preston and J. G. Smith / pp. 44-48 --- Space VLBI Experiments Using ETS-VI / T. lwata, H. Kiuchi, M. Imae, M. Sekido and S. Hama / pp. 49-53 --- Space VLBI Polarization Observations / D. C. Gabuzda and A. R. Taylor / pp. 54-58 --- Space VLBI User Assistance Software / I. Fejes, D. W. Murphy, A. R. Taylor, V. Yakimov and G. Young / pp. 59-69 --- mm VLBI / L. B. Bååth / pp. 70-74 --- "High Sensitivity" VLBI at 86 GHz: First Fringes with the 100 m Radio Telescope at Effelsberg / K. J. Standke, D. A. Graham, T. P. Krichbaum, A. Witzel, C. J. Schalinski, A. E. E. Rogers, R. Booth, L. B. Bååth / pp. 75-85 --- Burst Mode System toward mJy Level mm-VLBI / M. Inoue, K. Matsumoto and N. Kawaguchi / pp. 86-88 --- 86 GHz Global VLBI Progress Report / S. Doeleman, A. E. E. Rogers, L. Bååth, C. Schalinski, T. Krichbaum, M. Inoue, A. Zensus, S. Padin, J. Carlstrom, D. Graham, C. Predmore, J. Moran, D. Backer, M. Wright, N. Whyborn, L. Nyman, K. Standke, M. Lerner and S. Kameno / pp. 89-92 --- Global 3- and 7-mm VLBI Observations of OJ287 / C. E. Tateyama and M. Inoue / pp. 93-100 --- VLBI Observations of the 22 GHz H2 0Maser in Late Type Stars / H. Takaba, T. lwata, M. Miyoshi, N. Ukita, S. Kameno and K. Matsumoto / pp. 101-104 --- The H2 0 Super Maser Outburst Region in the Orion Nebula / L. I. Matveyenko and P. J. Diamond / pp. 105-109 --- The Cosmological Application of the VLBI Technique at Ultimate Resolutions / L. I. Gurvits / pp. 110-114 --- First VLBI Images of Supernova 1993J in the Galaxy M81 / N. Bartel, M. F. Bietenholz, M. P. Rupen, J. E. Conway, A. J. Beasley, R. A. Sramek, J. D. Romney, M. A. Titus, D. A. Graham, V. I. Altunin, D. L. Jones, A. Rius, T. Venturi, G. Umana, R. L. Francis, M. L. McCall, M. G. Richer, C. C. Stevenson, K. W. Weiler, S. D. Van Dyk, N. Panagia, W. H. Cannon, J. Popelar and R. J. Davis / pp. 115-122 --- The Visibility-Spectrum Relation among Radio Loud AGNs / S. Kameno, M. Inoue, K. Matsumoto, H. Takaba, T. lwata, R. Nan and R. T. Schilizzi / pp. 123-129 --- Identification of the Superluminal Motion in Faint Parsec-Scale Jet of 3C390.3 / S. Wu, E. Preuss, W. Alef, K. I. Kellermann and Y. Qiu / pp. 130-136 --- A VLBI Search for Compact Nonthermal Emission from the Herbig Be Star MWC 297 / S. L. Skinner and R. B. Phillips / pp. 137-140 --- Snapshot VLBI Mapping of Variable Extragalactic Sources at 327 MHz / L. I. Gurvits, W. Alef, D. R. Altschuler, J. E. Carson, B. Dennison, D. Graham and A. S. Trotter / pp. 141-145 --- AO 0235+164151;A "Heretic" BL Lac / H. S. Chu, L. B. Bååth, F. T. Rantakyrö, R. S. Booth, R. E. Spencer and F. J. Zhang / pp. 146-155 --- Chapter 2. Antenna and Networks --- The New Receiver in the S, X, K Bands for the VLB1 Medicina Dish / A. Orfei, G. Maccaferri, S. Mariotti, M. Morsiani, G. P. Zacchiroli and G. Tomassetti / pp. 159-164 --- The Upgrade Proposal for the VLBI Medicina Antenna / A. Orfei, G. Maccaferri, S. Mariotti, M. Morsiani and G. P. Zacchiroli / pp. 165-170 --- VLBI at the Kyushu Tokai University / M. Fujishita, K. Miyasato, T. Yoshiyama and Y. Matsumae / pp. 171-175 --- VLBI Activities at the Matera Space Geodesy Center / R. Lanotte, G. Bianco, M. Fermi and L. Garramone / pp. 176-184 --- The Mizusawa 10-m Antenna and Its VLBI Observation System / K. M. Shibata, Y. Asaki, I. Asari, Y. Fukuzaki, T. Hara, K. Horiai, K. lwadate, 0. Kameya, N. Kawano, S. Kuji, S. Manabe, S. Sakai, T. Sasao, K. Sato, Y. Tamura and S. Tsuruta / pp. 185-190 --- The 6 m VLBI Telescope at Kagoshima, Japan / T. Omodaka, M. Morimoto, N. Kawaguchi, T. Miyaji, S. Yasuda, T. Suzuyama, T. Kitagawa, T. Miyazaki, L. Furuya, T. Jike, K. Miyazawa, H. Mikoshiba, S. Kuji, 0. Kameya and Kagoshima VLBI Group / pp. 191-195 --- Radio Telescopes and VLBI Facilities in Brazil / P. Kaufmann and C. E. Tateyama / pp. 196-199 --- Cryogenic Cooled Receivers for the QUASAR Network / A. V. lpatov, I. A. lpatova and V. V. Mardyshkin / pp. 200-204 --- The Australian Long Baseline Array—Status Report / A. Tzioumis, W. Wilson and R. Ferris / pp. 205-210 --- The Asia-Pacific Telescope—APT / A. Tzioumis / pp. 211-217 --- Present Status and Future Development on VLBI Facilities in China / Ye S. and Oian Z. / pp. 218-220 --- Chapter 3. The New Trends in Geodesy and Astrometry --- Plate Dynamics near Boundaries: What Governs the Transition between Episodic and Continuous Motions? / K. Heki / pp. 223-228 --- Improved Global Atmospheric Mapping Functions for VLBI and GPS / A. Niell / pp. 229-231 --- Method of Differential Fringe Phase Tracking / N. Kawano, T. Sasao, T. Hara, S. Kuji, 0. Kameya, K. Sato, K. lwadate and Y. Asaki / pp. 232-236 --- The Chinese National Space Geodetic Network / J. Cai / pp. 237-240 --- Satellite Position Determination by Difference of Range (DOR) Measurements / I. Kardos / pp. 241-250 --- Recent Geodetic VLBI Results from Shanghai Observatory / Ye S., Qian Z., Chen G. and Zhou, R. / pp. 251-253 --- An Antennacluster-Antennacluster VLBI Project VERA / T. Sasao, N. Kawano, T. Hara, S. Kuji, K. Shibata, K. lwadate, K. Sato, 0. Kameya, S. Tsuruta, K. Asari, Y. Tamura, K. Horiai, K. Sato, H. Hanada, T. Tsubokawa, K. Yokoyama, S. Manabe and S. Sakai / pp. 254-258 --- An Astronomical Observational Plan Using the VERA / O. Kameya, T. Sasao, N. Kawano and K. M. Shibata / pp. 259-263 --- Estimated Errors in the Antennacluster-Antennacluster VLBI / T. Hara, T. Sasao, K. Sato, N. Kawano and O. Kameya / pp. 264-271 --- Sub-Milliarcsecond Astrometry with Phase-Referenced VLBI / D. L. Jones, J.-F. Lestrade, R. A. Preston and R. B. Phillips / pp. 272-276 --- Selenodesy by Using Differential VLBI Observations of Artificial Radio Sources on the Moon / H. Hanada, M. Ooe, N. Kawano, K. lwadate, S. Kuji, K. Sato, S. Tsuruta, T. Sasao, 0. Kameya, T. Hara, N. Kawaguchi, M. Fujishita, M. Morimoto, S. Yasuda, H. Mizutani and A. Fujimura / pp. 277-281 --- Gravitational Lens Effect and Measurement of Stellar Mass / M. Hosokawa, K. Ohnishi, T. Fukushima and M. Takeuti / pp. 282-286 --- Evidence for Source Structure Effects Caused by the Quasar 3C273 in Geodetic VLBI Data / P. Charlot / pp. 287-294 --- Astronomical Periods in the Solar System / Y. Macyama / pp. 295-305 --- Pulsar VLBI Experiment Using Kashima-Usuda Baseline / M. Sekido, S. Hama, H. Kiuchi, Y. Hanado, Y. Takahashi, M. Imae, K. Fujisawa and H. Hirabayashi / pp. 306-312 --- The Celestial Reference System and Frame of the International Earth Rotation Service / E. F. Arias / pp. 313-315 --- Quasi Simultaneous Observations in the Arclength Method of Reduction of Astrometric VLBI Data / M. S. De Biasi, E. F. Arias and J.-F. Lestrade / pp. 316-318 --- Few-Hundred Microarcsecond VLBI Astrometry: Applications and Reduction of Limiting Error Sources / S. T. Lowe and R. N. Treuhaft / pp. 319-323 --- Chapter 4. Recorders and Correlators --- A New Advanced One-Unit VLBI Correlator (NAOCO) / K. Shibata, T. Sasao, N. Kawaguchi, Y. Tamura, S. Kameno, M. Miyoshi, K. Asari, S. Manabe, T. Hara, S. Kuji, K. Sato, T. Miyaji, K. Matsumoto, Y. Asaki, S. Yasuda and S. Nakamura / pp. 327-331 --- A Programmable VLBI Correlator Using Parallel Computing / G. Petit and T. Fayard / pp. 332-337 --- Status of the New K-4 System / H. Kiuchi, S. Hama, J. Amagai, Y. Hanado, A. Kaneko and M. Imae / pp. 338-344 --- The S2 Frequency Agile Data Acquisition Terminal / W. T. Petrachenko, P. Mathieu, J. Popelar, W. H. Cannon, H. Tan and R. D. Wietfeldt / pp. 345-350 --- A Chipset for a MKII Style Correlator / G. Tuccari / pp. 351-359 --- Keeping Compatibility in International VLBI Systems / T. Yoshino, S. Hama and N. Kawaguchi / pp. 360-364 --- Development of the Burst Mode VLBI / K. Matsumoto and N. Kawaguchi / pp. 365-370 --- The K4 Correlator / S. Hama, H. Kiuchi, M. Sekido and M. Imae / pp. 371-376 --- Notes on High Data Rate Recording / J. Takayama / pp. 377-380

Description / Table of Contents: GENERAL --- Faunal turnover and depth stratification: their relationships to climate and productivity events in the Eocene to Miocene pelagic realm / Keller, Gerta and Macleod, Norman / pp. 1-14 --- Pacific carbonate cycles revisited: arguments for and against productivity control / Berger, W. H. / pp. 15-25 --- FORAMINIFERA --- The paleogeography, evolution and extinction of Late Miocene-Pleistocene planktonic foraminifera from the Southwest Pacific / Jenkins, D. Graham / pp. 27-35 --- Canderotalia, a new Middle Miocene planktonic foraminiferal genus of the family Candeinidae / Saito, Tsunemasa / pp. 37-41 --- Paleogeography and paleoceanography during the middle Miocene in the Fossa-Magna and Kanto regions, Central Japan / Oda, Motoyoshi and Akimoto, Kazumi / pp. 43-50 --- Faunal succession of benthic foraminifera in the upper Yatsuo Group of the Hokuriku district, central Japan—a temporal faunal trend during an Early-Middle Miocene transgression in Japan / Hasegawa, Shiro and Takahashi, Toshihiro / pp. 51-66 --- Some features of the Pleistocene paleo-circulation in the eastern equatorial Indian Ocean (by Foraminifera) / Belyaeva, N. V. and Burmistrova, I. I. / pp. 67-70 --- Distribution of foraminifera in estuarine deposits: a comparison between Asia, Europe and Australia / Wang, Pinxian / pp. 71-83 --- Benthic foraminiferal species diversity pattern in a Late Miocene-Early Pliocene sequence of Neill Island, Andaman Sea / Sharma, V. and Kumar, R. / pp. 85-89 --- Planktonic foraminifera from the Navidad Formation, Chile: their geologic age and palcoceanographic implications / Ibaraki, Masako / pp. 91-95 --- Foraminiferal evidence for the sources and timing of mass-flow deposits south of Baltimore Canyon / Thompson, Peter R. / pp. 97-128 --- Paleogene zonal scales based on planktonic foraminifers and their significance for elaboration of the Paleogene stratigraphic schemes of the Pacific high latitudes / Krasheninnikov, V. A., Sernova, M. Ya. and Basov, I. A. / pp. 129-141 --- Planktonic foraminiferal biostratigraphy of Middle Eocene to Early Oligocene rocks in southern Kyushu, Japan / Nishi, Hiroshi / pp. 143-174 --- Neogene planktonic foraminiferal biochronology of the DSDP sites along the Ninetyeast Ridge, northern Indian Ocean / Srinivasan, M. S. and Chaturvedi, S. N. / pp. 175-188 --- Notes on marine Quaternary sediments newly found in the west coastal area of the Satsuma Peninsula, Kyushu, Japan, with special reference to the benthic foraminiferal assemblages / Oki, Kimihiko and Yamamoto, Hideshi / pp. 189-205 --- Depth distribution of Recent benthic foraminifera on the continental shelf and uppermost slope off southern Akita Prefecture, Northeast Japan (The Eastern Japan Sea) / Matoba, Yasumochi and Fukasawa, Kazue / pp. 207-226 --- Benthic foraminifera from brackish lake Nakanoumi, San-in district, southwestern Honshu, Japan / Nomura, Ritsuo and Seto, Koji / pp. 227-240 --- A distinctive new species of Notorotalia (Foraminiferida) from the basal Miocene of New Zealand / Hornibrook, N. de B. / pp. 241-243 --- Rotaliid foraminifera from the Rembang zone area, north central Java, Indonesia / Kadar, Darwin / pp. 245-256 --- Some Miocene Nephrolepidina (Family Lepidocyclinidae) from the Shimoshiroiwa Formation, Izu Peninsula, Japan / Matsumaru, Kuniteru / pp. 257-265 --- Notes on the specific determination of the genus Tetrataxis / Okimura, Yuji / pp. 267-272 --- Foraminifers from the "Torinosu Limestone" embedded in the Ishido Formation of the Sanchu Cretaceous System, Kanto Mountains, Central Japan / Sashida, Katsuo, Igo, Hisayoshi, Adachi, Shuko and Ito Sayuri / pp. 273-280 --- Cretaceous planktonic foraminiferal biostratigraphy and paleoceanographic events in the Pacific Ocean with emphasis on indurated sediment / Sliter, William V. / pp. 281-299 --- Upper Cretaceous foraminifera in Santonian to Maestrichtian depositional sequences in New Jersey coastal plain / Olsson, R. K. and Usmani, P. A. / pp. 301-315 --- Campanian planktonic foraminifers and ostracodes from Hobetsu, Hokkaido, northern Japan. Part 1. Planktonic foraminifers / Kaiho, Kunio / pp. 317-325 --- OSTRACODES --- Campanian planktonic foraminifers and ostracodes from Hobetsu, Hokkaido, northern Japan. Part 2. Ostracodes / Ishizaki, Kunihiro / pp. 327-333 --- Some aquatic and terrestrial animals from brackish deposits of Okinawa-jima, southern Japan / Nohara, Tomohide and Ohshiro, Itsuro / pp. 335-337 --- Modem ostracode fauna from Otsuchi Bay, the Pacific coast of northeastern Japan / Ikeya, Noriyuki, Zhou, Bao-chun and Sakamoto, Jun-ichi / pp. 339-354 --- CONODONTS --- Morphological variation in Spathian conodont Spathoicriodus collinsoni (Solien) from the Taho Limestone, Japan / Koike, Toshio / pp. 355-364 --- RADIOLARIANS --- Radiolarian age of the Lower Yezo Group and the upper part of the Sorachi Group in Hokkaido / Taketani, Yojiro and Kanie, Yasumitsu / pp. 365-373 --- Late Jurassic Radiolaria from the Kowhai Point Siltstone, Murihiku Terrane, North Island, New Zealand / Aita, Yoshiaki and Grant-Mackie, J. A. / pp. 375-382 --- Radiolarian faunas discovered from the Permian Yoshii Group in Okayama Prefecture, western Japan / Sada, Kimiyoshi, Takata, Yoshio and Oho Yukimasa / pp. 383-387 --- Middle Paleozoic radiolarians of the genus Ceratoikiscum from Japan / Ishiga, Hiroaki / pp. 389-397 --- DIATOMS --- Distribution of diatom species in the surface sediments of Lutzow-Holm Bay, Antarctica / Tanimura, Yoshihiro / pp. 399-411 --- Neogene diatom datum levels in the equatorial and north Pacific / Barron, John A. / pp. 413-425 --- Diatom biometry of the Miocene index Denticulopsis hyalina / Maruyama, Toshiaki / pp. 427-437 --- OTHER SILICEOUS FOSSILS --- Geological significance of siliceous microfossils from Dogo, Oki Islands / Ling, Hsin Yi and Kobayashi, Hiroaki / pp. 439-447 --- Peridiniacean cyst genus Xandarodinicum in the late Early Miocene Kaminoyama Formation in the western part of Zao Volcano, Yamagata, North Japan / Matsuoka, Kazumi / pp. 449-455 --- CALCAREOUS NANNOFOSSILS --- A stratigraphically significant new species, Reticulofenestra asanoi (Calcareous nannofossil) / Sato, Tokiyuki and Takayama, Toshiaki / pp. 457-460 --- Paleogene calcareous nannofossils from Hokkaido, Japan / Okada, Hisatake and Kaiho Kunio / pp. 461-471 --- POLLEN --- The palyno-flora of early Middle Miocene sediments in the Pohang and Yangnam basins, Korea / Yamanoi, Tohru / pp. 473-480

Description / Table of Contents: I. Introduction --- 1. Computer Experiments of Space Plasmas --- II. Simulation Techniques --- 2. KEMPO1 --- 3. TRISTAN --- 4. MACRO-EM --- 5. HYBRID CODES --- 6. TWO-DIMENSIONAL MHD CODE --- 7. HIGH-PRECISION MHD SIMULATION --- 8. TUTORIAL FOR UNIX OPERATIONS --- III. Simulation Software --- 9. KEMPO1 --- 10. TRISTAN --- 11. MACROEM --- 12. HYBRID1 --- 13. MHD2 --- 14. WAVE

Description / Table of Contents: PREFACE The CERN Accelerator School (CAS) was founded in 1983 with the aim to preserve and disseminate the knowledge accumulated at CERN (European Organization for Nuclear Research) and elsewhere on particle accelerators and storage rings. This is being achieved by means of a biennial programme of basic and advanced courses on general accelerator physics supplemented by specialized and topical courses as well as Workshops. The chapters included in this present volume are taken from one of the specialized courses, Applied Geodesy for Particle Accelerators, held at CERN in April 1986. When construction of the first large accelerators started in the 1950's, it was necessary to use geodetic techniques to ensure precise positioning of the machines' components. Since that time the means employed have constantly evolved in line with technological progress in general, while a number of specific developments - many of them achieved at CERN - have enriched the range of available instruments. These techniques and precision instruments are used for most of the world's accelerators but can also be applied in other areas of industrial geodesy: surveying of civil engineering works and structures, aeronautics, nautical engineering, astronomical radio-interferometers, metrology of large dimensions, studies of deformation, etc. The ever increasing dimensions of new accelerators dictates the use of the best geodetic methods in the search for the greatest precision, such as distance measurements to 10 -7, riqorous evaluation of the local geoid and millimetric exploitation of the Navstar satellites. At the same time, the powerful computer methods now available for solving difficult problems are also applicable at the instrument level where data collection can be automatically checked. Above all, measuring methods and calculations and their results can be integrated into data bases where the collection of technical parameters can be efficiently managed. In order to conserve the logical presentation of the different lectures presented at the CAS school, the chapters presented here have been grouped under four main topics. The first and the fourth deal with spatial and theoretical geodesy, while the second and third are concerned with the work of applied geodesy, especially that carried out at CERN. Readers involved in these subjects will find in the following chapters, if not the complete answer to their problems, at least the beginning of solutions to them.

Description / Table of Contents: PREFACE The papers contained in the present volume were prepared from the contributions presented during an international Advanced Workshop held in Santander, Cantabria, Spain between 1-5 November 1989. The workshop was a joint activity of the Working Group on Geology and Land-Use Planning (program "Geology and Environment", UNESCO), the Commission on Applied Quaternary Research (INQUA), the Sub-Commission on Maps of Environmental Geology (Commission of the Geological Map of the World) and the Grupo Españiol de Geología Ambiental y Ordenación del Territorio (Spanish Association for Environmental Geology and Land-Use Planning). The aims of the meeting were to discuss a series of topics in which the four participating scientific bodies share an interest, to analyze the existing problems and trends and to identify certain lines along which work and/or actions will be particularly necessary in the near future. It was expected that the discussions and the conclusions of the meeting would provide useful guidelines for earth scientists working on environmental problems and for other professionals and officials who deal with environmental analysis, planning and management, either on a scientific basis or in a decision-making capacity...

Description / Table of Contents: Introduction / Pages 1-32 --- Interpretation using nomograms / Pages 33-47 --- Linear parameters / Pages 49-114 --- Non-linear parameters / Pages 115-173 --- Maximum likelihood and maximum entropy / Pages 175-193 --- Analytic inversion / Pages 195-211 --- Advanced inversion methods / Pages 213-227 --- Error analysis / Pages 229-243 --- Parallel computation in modelling and inversion / Pages 245-255

Description / Table of Contents: INTRODUCTION The International Summer School of Theoretical Geodesy on Satellite Altimetry in Geodesy and Oceanography was held in Trieste (Italy) from May 25 to June 6, igg2. It was organized by Prof. R. Rummel of the Delft University of Technology and by Prof. F. Sansò of the Politecnico di Milano and was attended by 63 participants and 7 lecturers from 17 countries. The School was hosted by the International Centre of Theoretical Physics of Trieste. Satellite altimetry provides a lot of data that require more and more sophisticated models in order to be interpreted and exploited. One of the main problems related to the practical treatment of the data can be summarized as follows: oceanographers would like to ask geodesists to compute precise orbits and a precise geoid in order to put into evidence the Sea Surface Topography that can be interpreted as an oceanographic signal related to currents and to several physical parameters; on the other hand, geodesists would like to ask oceanographers to a-priori determine the Sea Surface Topography, in order to be able to extract from the altimeter data the geoid and the orbit errors to be used in the gravity field modelling. The solution to this dilemma can only be found in a cooperative frame. An integrated model to be used for a single-step treatment of altimetry is probably far to be defined, so at present geodesists and oceanographers must cooperate to obtain step-wise and iterative modelling of the gravity field and of the oceanographic phenomena. This is precisely the reason why the school on Satellite Altimetry was organized on an interdisciplinary basis...

Description / Table of Contents: PREFACE This book represents the first attempt in three decades to marshall out available information on the regional geology of Africa for advanced undergraduates and beginning graduate students. Geologic education in African universities is severely hampered by the lack of a textbook on African regional geology. This situation is greatly exacerbated by the inability of most African universities to purchase reference books and maintain journal subscriptions. Besides, geologic information about Africa is so widely dispersed that a balanced and comprehensive course content on Africa is beyond the routine preparation of lecture notes by university teachers. Since geology is a universal subject and Africa is one of the largest landmasses on Earth with one of the longest continuous records of Earth history, there is no doubt that geologic education in other parts of the world will benefit from a comprehensive presentation of African geologic case histories. The scope of this text also addresses the need of the professional geologist, who may require some general or background information about an unfamiliar African geologic region or age interval. Africa occupies a central position in the world's mineral raw materials trade. Because of its enormous extent and great geologic age, the diversity and size of Africa's mineral endowment is unparalleled. Africa is the leading source of gold, diamond, uranium, and dominates the world's supply of strategic minerals such as chromium, manganese, cobalt, and platinum. Consequently, African nations from Algeria to Zimbabwe depend solely on mineral exports for economic survival. The geologic factors which govern economic mineral deposits are stressed in this text. The geological history of Africa spans 3.8 billion years, a record that is unique both in duration and continuity. Few other parts of our planet match the plethora of geologic phenomena and processes that are displayed in the African continent. From the various stages of crustal evolution decipherable from the Archean of southern Africa, through the plate tectonics scenarios in the ubiquitous Late Proterozoic-Early Paleozoic Pan-African mobile belts and in the Hercynian and Alpine orogenies of northwest Africa, to the East African Rift Valley, Africa is replete with excellent examples and problems for a course on regional tectonics. Teachers of igneous and metamorphic petrology can hardly ignore Africa's anorogenic magmatism (e.g.. layered ultramafic intrusives such as the Great Dyke and the Bushveld Complex; the Tete gabbro-anorthosite pluton; alkaline complexes; basaltic volcanism), or tantalizing highgrade metamorphic terranes such as the Limpopo belt, the Namaqua mobile belt, and the Mozambique belt. From the extensive Precambrian supracrustal sequences throughout the continent with enormous thicknesses of sedimentary rocks that have hardly been deformed or metamorphosed, to the stratigraphic evolution of Africa's present-day passive continental margin, there is a complete spectrum of facies models upon which to base a course on basin analysis and stratigraphy. To maintain its integrity a course on historical geology anywhere in the world must address the theory of Continental Drift beyond invoking past continuities between West Africa and South America. Past connections between West Africa and eastern North America must equally be explored, so also connections between northeast Africa and Arabia, and the paleogeography of southern Gondwana where Africa occupied centre stage. The Precambrian fossil record, the transitions from reptiles to the earliest mammals and dinosaurs, and the evolution of Man are among Africa's unique contributions to the history of life and the story of organic evolution. Although it lies today in the tropics Africa was the theatre of the Earth's most-spectacular glaciations. Even after the scene of continental glaciation had shifted to the northern continents only lately during the Pleistocene, Africa still witnessed spectacular climatic fluctuations during the Quaternary. Certainly students of archeology and paleoanthropology cannot overlook the Quaternary paleoenvironmental record of the Olduvai Gorge in Tanzania, the Lake Turkana basin in Kenya, the Nile valley, the Sahara, and southern Africa. But since African examples have already been cited in standard geologic textbook, I have often been asked why it has become necessary to revive the idea of a full-length textbook on African geology, 30 years after this idea was abandoned by the geologic community. My simple answer, as already stated, is that the wealth of available geologic information about Africa is so enormous and fascinating, but so diffuse, that an attempt must be made to assemble and pass on this knowledge.

Description / Table of Contents: INTRODUCTION While the complex mechanical properties of rocks and soils are studied for quite a while, it is only in the last decades that sound established mathematical models were developed based on accurate experimental data. Some rheological properties of geomaterials as for instance creep, were studied for a long time but the experimental data reported were incomplete and, as a consequence, the models developed have missed either the generality necessary for the solving of engineering problems or some of the major specific mechanical properties possessed by these materials as for instance dilatancy and/or compressibility , long term damage etc. Generally, these very particular empirical models were made for a specific test only and therefore are not appropriate for solving problems involving general loading histories. Let us remind that due to the presence of a great number of cracks and/or pores existing in roks and soils, the mechanical behaviour of geomaterials is quite distinct from that of other materials as for instance metals or plastics. That is why rock and soil rheology has some specific aspects. It must also be mentioned that the solving of various problems of rock and soil mechanics posed by modern technology was not possible by using time-independent models, thus the study and development of rehological models become absolutely necessary. In the last decade or so, very accurate experimantal data became available as a result of the development of experimental techniques and of the growing interest for this field of research in the scientific community. These data, in turn, have made possible the development of genuine models for geomaterials, mainly rheological models, able to describe such properties as creep, dilatancy and/or compressibility during creep, long term damage and failure occurring after various time intervals, slip surface formation etc. Today it is clear that no accurate constitutive equation for rocks can be formulated unless the dilatancy phenomena and the time effects are not included. Another idea is the need of a better description of the concepts of damage and failure of rocks, again using in someway the concepts of irreversible dilatancy or another related notion. In soil rheology it is clear that the scale effect may be taken into consideration in order to obtain a corect information from the routine tests. Also in writing the constitutive equations for soils it is neccessary to take into account the microscopic or local phenomena, because there is a great variety of types of saturated or nonsaturated soils, granular or cohesionless soil etc. The aim of the Euromech Colloquium 196 devoted to Rock and Soil Rheology and therefore that of the present volume too, is to review some of the main results obtained in the last years in this field of research and also to formulate some of the major not yet solved problems which are now under consideration. Exchange of opinions and scientific discussions are quite helpful mainly in those areas where some approaches are controversial and the progress made is quite fast. That is especially true for the rheology of geomaterials, domain of great interest for mining and petroleum engineers, engineering geology, seismology, geophlsics, civil engineering, nuclear and industrial waste storage, geothermal energy storage, caverns for sports, culture, telecommunications, storage of goods and foodstuffs (cold, hot and refrigerated storages), underground oil and natural gas reservoirs etc. Some of the last obtained results are mentioned in the present volume...

Description / Table of Contents: INTRODUCTION Over the past 18 years the author and several colleagues have developed a mathematical model designed to predict the propagation characteristics of acoustic waves in marine sediments. The model is based on the classical work of Maurice Biot who developed a comprehensive theory for the mechanics of porous, deformable media in a series of papers spanning the time period from 1941 to 1973. Since our objective was to develop a practical working model that could be used as a guide in planning and interpreting experimental work, we began with the simplest possible form of the model and added various complexities only as they were needed to explain new variations in the data that were obtained. Thus the number of material parameters that had to be measured or assumed at any stage in the development of the model was kept to a minimum. Since the first version of the model was introduced in 1970, we have published over twenty technical papers covering various stages of its development and many papers have been published by colleagues who have utilized our work in various ways. This monograph is an attempt to summarize the development and use of the model to date. Acoustic waves in ocean sediments may be considered as a limiting case in the more general category of mechanical waves that can propagate in fluid-saturated porous media. The general problem of wave motion in this kind of material has been studied extensively over the past thirty years by engineers, geophysicists and acousticians for a variety of reasons. In some cases, interest is focused on low-frequency waves of rather large amplitude, such as those that arise near the source of an earthquake or near a building housing heavy, vibrating machinery. At other times, the main interest is in waves of low frequency and amplitude that have traversed long distances through the sediment. In still another category, high-frequency waves that are able to resolve thin layering and other fine structural details are of interest in studying near-bottom sediments. Thus the full spread of frequency and amplitude has been studied for geological materials ranging from soft, unconsolidated sediments to rock. Because of the almost limitless combinations of different types of sediment, stratification and structure, accurate mathematical description of the wave field produced by a particular source can be constructed only if accurate descriptions of the acoustic properties of individual components can be specified. These properties depend on the geological history of the sediment deposit, on the frequency content of the wave field and on a number of other factors that depend on the environment in situ. A survey of the literature suggests that there are a number of parameters that play principal roles in controlling the dynamic response of saturated sediments...

Description / Table of Contents: PREFACE It is to-day generally recognized by environmental scientists that the particular behaviour of trace metals in the environment is determined by their specific physico-chemical forms rather than by their total concentration. With the introduction, several years ago, of atomic absorption spectrometry at many laboratories involved in environmental studies, a technique for simple, rapid and cheap determination of total metal concentrations in environmental samples became available. As a consequence, there is a plethora of scientific papers and reports where metal concentrations in the environment are only reported as total concentrations. It appears that the simplicity of making accurate determinations of total metal contents in water, sediment and biological samples has somewhat masked the need for improved knowledge about the various forms of metals occurring in the environment as well as the bioavailahility of these forms. In other words, the need for metal speciation in studies of metals in the environment does not seem to have become obvious to most environmental scientists until relatively recently. As a matter of fact, it was only in the middle of the 1970s that the first systematic attempts were made to obtain information about the various metal species occurring in environmental samples. During the last ten years, however, a revolutionary change of attitude towards the importance of metal speciation has occurred and considerable research effort has been devoted by environmental scientists to measuring the concentrations of biologically important trace metals in surface waters. There is currently an increasing effort to couple the development of chemical analytical techniques to process-related biological problems. Concurrently, a new focus is being imposed on ecological impact studies, that of determining which active trace metal species merit the most intensive research from the standpoint of environmental perturbation. Current efforts are directed towards the development of chemical speciation schemes which can be related directly to measures of bioavailability...

Description / Table of Contents: J. L. Smellie: Volcanism associated with extension at consuming plate margins / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 81:1, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1994.081.01.01 --- Tectonics and Magmatism --- Warren B. Hamilton: Subduction systems and magmatism / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 81:3-28, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1994.081.01.02 --- Oceanic Arc Systems --- Peter D. Clift and ODP Leg 135 Scientific Party: Volcanism and sedimentation in a rifting island-arc terrain: an example from Tonga, SW Pacific / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 81:29-51, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1994.081.01.03 --- Julian A. Pearce, Michelle Ernewein, Sherman H. Bloomer, Lindsay M. Parson, Bramley J. Murton, and Lynn E. Johnson: Geochemistry of Lau Basin volcanic rocks: influence of ridge segmentation and arc proximity / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 81:53-75, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1994.081.01.04 --- Ulrich Knittel and Oles Dietmar: Basaltic volcanism associated with extensional tectonics in the Taiwan-Luzon island arc: evidence for non-depleted sources and subduction zone enrichment / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 81:77-93, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1994.081.01.05 --- M. R. Wharton, B. Hathway, and H. Colley: Volcanism associated with extension in an Oligocene—Miocene arc, southwestern Viti Levu, Fiji / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 81:95-114, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1994.081.01.06 --- Rex N. Taylor and Robert W. Nesbitt: Arc volcanism in an extensional regime at the initiation of subduction: a geochemical study of Hahajima, Bonin Islands, Japan / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 81:115-134, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1994.081.01.07 --- C. Picard, M. Monzier, J.-P. Eissen, and C. Robin: Concomitant evolution of tectonic environment and magma geochemistry, Ambrym volcano (Vanuatu, New Hebrides arc) / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 81:135-154, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1994.081.01.08 --- J. C. Aitchison and P. G. Flood: Gamilaroi Terrane: A Devonian rifted intra-oceanic island-arc assemblage, NSW, Australia. / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 81:155-168, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1994.081.01.09 --- Continental Margin Arcs --- André Pouclet, Jin-Soo Lee, Philippe Vidal, Brian Cousens, and Hervé Bellon: Cretaceous to Cenozoic volcanism in South Korea and in the Sea of Japan: magmatic constraints on the opening of the back-arc basin / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 81:169-191, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1994.081.01.10 --- J. A. Gamble, I. C. Wright, J. D. Woodhead, and M. T. McCulloch: Arc and back-arc geochemistry in the southern Kermadec arc-Ngatoro Basin and offshore Taupo Volcanic Zone, SW Pacific / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 81:193-212, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1994.081.01.11 --- G. Pe-Piper, D. J. W. Piper, C. N. Kotopouli, and A. G. Panagos: Neogene volcanoes of Chios, Greece: the relative importance of subduction and back-arc extension / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 81:213-231, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1994.081.01.12 --- Nicholas Petford and Michael P. Atherton: Cretaceous-Tertiary volcanism and syn-subduction crustal extension in northern central Peru / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 81:233-248, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1994.081.01.13 --- Pavel Kepezhinskas: Diverse shoshonite magma series in the Kamchatka Arc: relationships between intra-arc extension and composition of alkaline magmas / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 81:249-264, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1994.081.01.14 --- M. J. Hole, A. D. Saunders, G. Rogers, and M. A. Sykes: The relationship between alkaline magmatism, lithospheric extension and slab window formation along continental destructive plate margins / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 81:265-285, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1994.081.01.15

Description / Table of Contents: Andrew J. Fleet and Andrew C. Scott: Coal and coal-bearing strata as oil-prone source rocks: an overview / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 77:1-8, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1994.077.01.01 --- General Studies --- T. G. Powell and C. J. Boreham: Terrestrially sourced oils: where do they exist and what are our limits of knowledge? — a geochemical perspective / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 77:11-29, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1994.077.01.02 --- Margaret E. Collinson, Pim F. Van Bergen, Andrew C. Scott, and Jan W. De Leeuw: The oil-generating potential of plants from coal and coal-bearing strata through time: a review with new evidence from Carboniferous plants / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 77:31-70, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1994.077.01.03 --- R. P. Philp: Geochemical characteristics of oils derived predominantly from terrigenous source materials / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 77:71-91, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1994.077.01.04 --- Scott A. Stout: Chemical heterogeneity among adjacent coal microlithotypes — implications for oil generation and primary migration from humic coal / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 77:93-106, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1994.077.01.05 --- Duncan S. Macgregor: Coal-bearing strata as source rocks — a global overview / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 77:107-116, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1994.077.01.06 --- Case Histories --- S. Thompson, B. S. Cooper, and P. C. Barnard: Some examples and possible explanations for oil generation from coals and coaly sequences / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 77:119-137, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1994.077.01.07 --- C. J. Matchette-Downes, A. E. Fallick, Karmajaya, and S. Rowland: A maturity and palaeoenvironmental assessment of condensates and oils from the North Sumatra Basin, Indonesia / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 77:139-148, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1994.077.01.08 --- David J. Curry, John K. Emmett, and John W. Hunt: Geochemistry of aliphatic-rich coals in the Cooper Basin, Australia and Taranaki Basin, New Zealand: implications for the occurrence of potentially oil-generative coals / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 77:149-181, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1994.077.01.09 --- Mark A. Bagge and Martin L. Keeley: The oil potential of Mid-Jurassic coals in northern Egypt / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 77:183-200, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1994.077.01.10 --- Andrew C. Scott and Andrew J. Fleet: Coal and coal-bearing strata as oil-prone source rocks: current problems and future directions / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 77:201-205, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1994.077.01.11

Description / Table of Contents: Mantle and Magmatic Processes --- George P. L. Walker: Basaltic-volcano systems / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 76:3-38, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1993.076.01.01 --- M. J. O’Hara: Trace element geochemical effects of imperfect crystal-liquid separation / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 76:39-59, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1993.076.01.02 --- Alexander R. McBirney: Differentiated rocks of the Galapagos hotspot / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 76:61-69, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1993.076.01.03 --- Martin A. Menzies, Weiming Fan, and Ming Zhang: Palaeozoic and Cenozoic lithoprobes and the loss of 〉120 km of Archaean lithosphere, Sino-Korean craton, China / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 76:71-81, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1993.076.01.04 --- Ophiolites and Oceanic Crust --- Alastair Robertson and Costas Xenophontos: Development of concepts concerning the Troodos ophiolite and adjacent units in Cyprus / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 76:85-119, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1993.076.01.05 --- Dorothee Dietrich and Sara Spencer: Spreading-induced faulting and fracturing of oceanic crust: examples from the Sheeted Dyke Complex of the Troodos ophiolite, Cyprus / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 76:121-139, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1993.076.01.06 --- C. J. MacLeod and B. J. Murton: Structure and tectonic evolution of the Southern Troodos Transform Fault Zone, Cyprus / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 76:141-176, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1993.076.01.07 --- J. Malpas, T. Calon, and G. Squires: The development of a late Cretaceous microplate suture zone in SW Cyprus / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 76:177-195, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1993.076.01.08 --- A. W. Shelton: Troodos revisited: the Mount Olympus gravity anomaly / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 76:197-212, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1993.076.01.09 --- Alan G. Smith: Tectonic significance of the Hellenic-Dinaric ophiolites / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 76:213-243, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1993.076.01.10 --- I. D. Bartholomew: The interaction and geometries of diapiric uprise centres along mid-ocean ridges — evidence from mantle fabric studies of ophiolite complexes / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 76:245-256, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1993.076.01.11 --- Stephen Roberts and Christopher Neary: Petrogenesis of ophiolitic chromitite / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 76:257-272, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1993.076.01.12 --- H. M. Prichard and R. A. Lord: An overview of the PGE concentrations in the Shetland ophiolite complex / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 76:273-294, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1993.076.01.13 --- H. Elderfield, R. A. Mills, and M. D. Rudnicki: Geochemical and thermal fluxes, high-temperature venting and diffuse flow from mid-ocean ridge hydrothermal systems: the TAG hydrothermal field, Mid-Atlantic Ridge 26°N / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 76:295-307, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1993.076.01.14 --- Martin A. Menzies, Andrew Long, Gerry Ingram, Matthew Tatnell, and David Janecky: MORB peridotite-sea water interaction: experimental constraints on the behaviour of trace elements, 87Sr/86Sr and 143Nd/144Nd ratios / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 76:309-322, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1993.076.01.15 --- Tectonics and Convergent Margins --- J. F. Dewey, P. D. Ryan, and T. B. Andersen: Orogenic uplift and collapse, crustal thickness, fabrics and metamorphic phase changes: the role of eclogites / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 76:325-343, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1993.076.01.16 --- Robert M. Shackleton: Tectonics of the Mozambique Belt in East Africa / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 76:345-362, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1993.076.01.17 --- N. B. W. Harris, C. J. Hawkesworth, and A. G. Tindle: The growth of continental crust during the Late Proterozoic: geochemical evidence from the Arabian Shield / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 76:363-371, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1993.076.01.18 --- Julian A. Pearce and Ian J. Parkinson: Trace element models for mantle melting: application to volcanic arc petrogenesis / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 76:373-403, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1993.076.01.19 --- Peter J. Wyllie and Michael B. Wolf: Amphibolite dehydration-melting: sorting out the solidus / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 76:405-416, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1993.076.01.20 --- Claudio Vita-Finzi: Evaluating Late Quaternary uplift in Greece and Cyprus / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 76:417-424, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1993.076.01.21 --- Continental Rifting --- Ray Macdonald and Brian G. J. Upton: The Proterozoic Gardar rift zone, south Greenland: comparisons with the East African Rift System / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 76:427-442, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1993.076.01.22 --- K. G. Cox, N. Charnley, R. C. O. Gill, and K. A. Parish: Alkali basalts from Shuqra, Yemen: magmas generated in the crust-mantle transition zone? / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 76:443-453, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1993.076.01.23 --- N. W. Rogers: The isotope and trace element geochemistry of basalts from the volcanic islands of the southern Red Sea / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 76:455-467, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1993.076.01.24 --- Jon M. Davis, Wolfgang E. Elston, and Chris J. Hawkesworth: Basic and intermediate volcanism of the Mogollon-Datil volcanic field: implications for mid-Tertiary tectonic transitions in southwestern New Mexico, USA / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 76:469-488, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1993.076.01.25 --- George P. L. Walker: Re-evaluation of inclined intrusive sheets and dykes in the Cuillins volcano, Isle of Skye / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 76:489-497, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1993.076.01.26 --- Analytical Techniques --- Philip J. Potts, Chris J. Hawkesworth, Peter van Calsteren, and Ian P. Wright: Advances in analytical technology and its influence on the development of modern inorganic geochemistry: a historical perspective / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 76:501-520, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1993.076.01.27

Description / Table of Contents: A. Hurst, C. M. Griffiths, and P. F. Worthington: Introduction / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 65:vii-viii, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.065.01.01 --- Sedimentology and Stratigraphic Correlation --- Roger M. Slatt, Douglas W. Jordan, Anthony E. D’Agostino, and Robert H. Gillespie: Outcrop gamma-ray logging to improve understanding of subsurface well log correlations / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 65:3-19, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.065.01.02 --- I. R. Hatton, M. Reeder, M. St. J. Newman, and D. Roberts: Techniques and applications of petrophysical correlation in submarine fan environments, early Tertiary sequence, North Sea / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 65:21-30, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.065.01.03 --- Lawrence T. Bourke: Sedimentological borehole image analysis in clastic rocks: a systematic approach to interpretation / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 65:31-42, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.065.01.04 --- Philippe A. Pezard, Richard N. Hiscott, Michael A. Lovell, Albina Collela, and Alberto Malinverno: Evolution of the Izu-Bonin intraoceanic forearc basin, western Pacific, from cores and FMS images / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 65:43-50,NP-NP,51-69, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.065.01.05 --- A. R. M. Salimullah and D. A. V. Stow: Application of FMS images in poorly recovered coring intervals: examples from ODP Leg 129 / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 65:71-86, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.065.01.06 --- A. R. M. Salimullah and D. A. V. Stow: Wireline log signatures of resedimented volcaniclastic facies, ODP Leg 129, West Central Pacific / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 65:87-97, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.065.01.07 --- N. Ruhovets, R. Rau, M. Samuel, H. Smith, Jr., and M. Smith: Evaluating thinly laminated reservoirs using logs with different vertical resolution / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 65:99-121, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.065.01.08 --- Erik Bølviken, Geir Storvik, Dag Erik Nilsen, Erling Siring, and Dirk Van Der Wel: Automated prediction of sedimentary facies from wireline logs / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 65:123-139, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.065.01.09 --- Gavin I. F. Cameron: Analysis of dipmeter data for sedimentary orientation / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 65:141-154, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.065.01.10 --- Fractures and Stress --- R. R. Hillis and A. F. Williams: Borehole breakouts and stress analysis in the Timor Sea / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 65:157-168, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.065.01.11 --- Najwa A. Yassir and Maurice B. Dusseault: Stress trajectory determinations in southwestern Ontario from borehole logs / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 65:169-177, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.065.01.12 --- S. M. Cowgill, P. G. Meredith, S. A. F. Murrell, and N. R. Brereton: In situ stress orientations in the Witch Ground Graben, North Sea, revealed by borehole breakouts: preliminary results / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 65:179-184, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.065.01.13 --- Brian E. Hornby and Stefan M. Luthi: An integrated interpretation of fracture apertures computed from electrical borehole scans and reflected Stoneley waves / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 65:185-198, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.065.01.14 --- D. Goldberg, C. Broglia, and K. Becker: Fracture permeability and alteration in gabbro from the Atlantis II Fracture Zone / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 65:199-210, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.065.01.15 --- J. S. Bell, G. Caillet, and J. Adams: Attempts to detect open fractures and non-sealing faults with dipmeter logs / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 65:211-220, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.065.01.16 --- Martin H. Bremer, Johannes Kulenkampff, and Jürgen R. Schopper: Lithological and fracture response of common logs in crystalline rocks / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 65:221-234, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.065.01.17 --- C. J. MacLeod, L. M. Parson, W. W. Sager, and the ODP Leg 135 Scientific Party: Identification of tectonic rotations in boreholes by the integration of core information with Formation MicroScanner and Borehole Televiewer images / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 65:235-246, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.065.01.18 --- J. T. Adams, J. K. Ayodele, J. Bedford, C. H. Kaars-Sijpesteijn, and N. L. Watts: Application of dipmeter data in structural interpretation, Niger Delta / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 65:247-263, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.065.01.19 --- P. D. Jackson, S. Shedlock, J. Willis-Richards, and A. S. P. Green: Enhanced resolution resistivity logging for fracture studies / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 65:265-274, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.065.01.20 --- Physical Properties --- Arne Marius Raaen: High-frequency pseudo-Rayleigh waves as a new indicator of shear velocity / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 65:277-283, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.065.01.21 --- C. McCann and J. Sothcott: Laboratory measurements of the seismic properties of sedimentary rocks / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 65:285-297, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.065.01.22 --- C. M. Griffiths, N. R. Brereton, R. Beausillon, and D. Castillo: Thermal conductivity prediction from petrophysical data: a case study / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 65:299-315, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.065.01.23 --- D. M. McCann and D. C. Entwisle: Determination of Young’s modulus of the rock mass from geophysical well logs / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 65:317-325, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.065.01.24 --- Kjetil Gran, Knut Bjørlykke, and Per Aagaard: Fluid salinity and dynamics in the North Sea and Haltenbanken basins derived from well log data / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 65:327-338, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.065.01.25 --- Per-Gunnar Alm: The Temperature Decay Log: a different approach to presenting a temperature survey / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 65:339-348, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.065.01.26 --- P. L. Ølgaard: A new approach to the interpretation of nuclear borehole logs / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 65:349-358, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.065.01.27 --- Mineralogy and Geochemistry --- P. K. Harvey and M. A. Lovell: Downhole mineralogy logs: mineral inversion methods and the problem of compositional colinearity / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 65:361-368, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.065.01.28 --- K. J. Myers and K. F. Jenkyns: Determining total organic carbon contents from well logs: an intercomparison of GST data and a new density log method / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 65:369-376, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.065.01.29 --- R. C. Selley: The third age of wireline log analysis: application to reservoir diagenesis / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 65:377-387, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.065.01.30 --- M. J. Cheshire and B. W. Sellwood: Sandstone diagenesis: framework of a forward modelling approach by integrating wireline and other geological data / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 65:389-394, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.065.01.31

Description / Table of Contents: Samuel S. Adams and Borden R. Putnam III: Application of mineral deposit models in exploration: a case study of sediment-hosted gold deposits, Great Basin, Western United States / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 63:1-23, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.063.01.01 --- G. P. Walduck: Decision making under risk in the mining industry: a risk appraisal case study / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 63:25-32, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.063.01.02 --- C. Schaffalitzky: Recent developments on the classification of mineral reserves and resources / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 63:33-36, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.063.01.03 --- J. B. P. Sawyer: Assaying in resource evaluation: the need for a clear and open mind / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 63:37-45, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.063.01.04 --- G. A. Kingston: Mineralogy in the evaluation of ore deposits / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 63:47-59, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.063.01.05 --- Ruth Allington and Geoffrey Walton: Waste disposal, data collection and quarry design / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 63:61-68, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.063.01.06 --- W. L. Barrett: A case history of pre-extraction site investigation and quarry design, Cliffe Hill Quarry, Leicestershire / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 63:69-76, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.063.01.07 --- R. MacCallum: Geophysical logs and the search for opencast coal reserves / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 63:77-93, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.063.01.08 --- M. K. G. Whateley: The evaluation of coal borehole data for reserve estimation and mine design / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 63:95-106, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.063.01.09 --- P. S. Norman: Evaluation of the Barapukuria coal deposit NW Bangladesh / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 63:107-120, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.063.01.10 --- M. G. Armitage and I. E. Robinson: Sampling, grade control and ore reserve estimation at Renco gold mine, Zimbabwe: past, present and future / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 63:121-123, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.063.01.11 --- R. I. Onions and J. R. Tweedie: Development of a field computer data logger and its integration with the DATAMINE mining software / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 63:125-133, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.063.01.12 --- S. Henley, Q. G. Palmer, and D. K. Tucker: The use of integrated software techniques to evaluate a bedded clay deposit / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 63:135-141, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.063.01.13 --- J. H. Howe: The application of DATAMINE in kaolin resource management / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 63:143-148, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.063.01.14 --- J. Norton: The use of three-dimensional surface modelling in the design of mines and quarries / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 63:149-153, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.063.01.15 --- P. D. Gribble: The application of computer software to orebody modelling and evaluation at South Crofty tin mine, Cornwall / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 63:155-168, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.063.01.16 --- C. P. Nathanail and M. S. Rosenbaum: The use of low cost geostatistical software in reserve estimation / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 63:169-177, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.063.01.17 --- D. J. Costelloe: A critical appraisal of the Whittle 3-D open-pit mine optimization software package / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 63:179-183, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.063.01.18 --- J. A. C. Diering: ONE-D: a program for one-dimensional composite optimization / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 63:185-190, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.063.01.19 --- P. J. Franklin: Computerized grade control in complex porphyry copper deposits / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 63:191-196, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.063.01.20 --- Edmund J. Sides: Reconciliation studies and reserve estimation / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 63:197-218, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.063.01.21 --- J. G. Davis: Grade control for Australian open pit gold mines / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 63:219-232, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.063.01.22 --- A. G. Royle: A personal overview of geostatistics / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 63:233-241, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.063.01.23 --- P. A. Dowd: Geostatistical ore reserve estimation: a case study in a disseminated nickel deposit / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 63:243-255, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.063.01.24 --- A. E. Annels and S. Ingram: The application of geostatistically controlled elliptical weighting techniques at Boulby potash mine, Cleveland / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 63:257-276, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.063.01.25 --- A. Faunes, J. Forkes, and J. O’Leary: Ore reserve estimation in Los Pelambres, A Chilean porphyry copper / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 63:277-288, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.063.01.26 --- Peter J. Ravenscroft: Recoverable reserve estimation by conditional simulation / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 63:289-298, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.063.01.27 --- G. P. Walduck: Qualitative modelling: fractal geometry in mineral deposit evaluation / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 63:299-305, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.063.01.28

Description / Table of Contents: C. P. Summerhayes, W. L. Prell, and K-C. Emeis: Evolution of upwelling systems since the Early Miocene / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 64:1-5, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.064.01.01 --- Modern Upwelling Systems and Palaeo-Upwelling Criteria --- Robert L. Smith: Coastal upwelling in the modern ocean / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 64:9-28, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.064.01.02 --- Graham B. Shimmield: Can sediment geochemistry record changes in coastal upwelling palaeoproductivity? Evidence from northwest Africa and the Arabian Sea / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 64:29-46, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.064.01.03 --- J. Thiede and B. Jünger: Faunal and floral indicators of ocean coastal upwelling (NW African and Peruvian Continental Margins) / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 64:47-76, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.064.01.04 --- Robert Thunell and Leslie Reynolds Sautter: Planktonic foraminiferal faunal and stable isotopic indices of upwelling: a sediment trap study in the San Pedro Basin, Southern California Bight / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 64:77-91, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.064.01.05 --- W. B. Curry, D. R. Ostermann, M. V. S. Guptha, and V. Ittekkot: Foraminiferal production and monsoonal upwelling in the Arabian Sea: evidence from sediment traps / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 64:93-106, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.064.01.06 --- Tineke N. F. Steens, Gerald Ganssen, and Dick Kroon: Oxygen and carbon isotopes in planktonic foraminifera as indicators of upwelling intensity and upwelling-induced high productivity in sediments from the northwestern Arabian Sea / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 64:107-119, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.064.01.07 --- David M. Anderson, John C. Brock, and Warren L. Prell: Physical upwelling processes, upper ocean environment and the sediment record of the southwest monsoon / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 64:121-129, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.064.01.08 --- A. C. Aplin, A. N. Bishop, C. J. Clayton, A. T. Kearsley, J.-R. Mossmann, R. L. Patience, A. W. G. Rees, and S. J. Rowland: A lamina-scale geochemical and sedimentological study of sediments from the Peru Margin (Site 680, ODP Leg 112) / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 64:131-149, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.064.01.09 --- J. O. R. Hermelin: Variations in the benthic foraminiferal fauna of the Arabian Sea: a response to changes in upwelling intensity? / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 64:151-166, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.064.01.10 --- V. Ittekkot, B. Haake, M. Bartsch, R. R. Nair, and V. Ramaswamy: Organic carbon removal in the sea: the continental connection / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 64:167-176, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.064.01.11 --- Leigh A. Welling, Nicklas G. Pisias, and Adrienne K. Roelofs: Radiolarian microfauna in the northern California Current System: indicators of multiple processes controlling productivity / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 64:177-195, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.064.01.12 --- Joseph D. Ortiz and Alan C. Mix: The spatial distribution and seasonal succession of planktonic foraminifera in the California Current off Oregon, September 1987 – September 1988 / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 64:197-213, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.064.01.13 --- A. James Powell, Jane Lewis, and John D. Dodge: The palynological expressions of post-Palaeogene upwelling: a review / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 64:215-226, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.064.01.14 --- Diagenetic Conditions --- H. L. Ten Haven, G. Eglinton, P. Farrimond, M. E. L. Kohnen, J. G. Poynter, J. Rullkötter, and D. H. Welte: Variations in the content and composition of organic matter in sediments underlying active upwelling regimes: a study from ODP Legs 108, 112, and 117 / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 64:229-246, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.064.01.15 --- John W. Morse and Kay C. Emeis: Carbon/sulphur/iron relationships in upwelling sediments / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 64:247-255, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.064.01.16 --- Daniel J. Repeta, Mark A. McCaffrey, John W. Farrington, and Mark A. McCaffrey: Organic geochemistry as a tool to study upwelling systems: recent results from the Peru and Namibian shelves / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 64:257-272, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.064.01.17 --- Marta T. Von Breymann, Kay-Christian Emeis, and Erwin Suess: Water depth and diagenetic constraints on the use of barium as a palaeoproductivity indicator / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 64:273-284, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.064.01.18 --- R. Schneider, A. Dahmke, A. Kölling, P. J. Müller, H. D. Schulz, and G. Wefer: Strong deglacial minimum in the δ13C record from planktonic foraminifera in the Benguela upwelling region: palaeoceanographic signal or early diagenetic imprint? / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 64:285-297, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.064.01.19 --- The Geological Record of Upwelling Evolution --- David W. Murray and Warren L. Prell: Late Pliocene and Pleistocene climatic oscillations and monsoon upwelling recorded in sediments from the Owen Ridge, northwestern Arabian Sea / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 64:301-321, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.064.01.20 --- Philip A. Meyers: Organic matter variations in sediments from DSDP sites 362 and 532: evidence of changes in the Benguela Current upwelling system / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 64:323-329, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.064.01.21 --- Liselotte Diester-Haass, Philip A. Meyers, and Peter Rothe: The Benguela Current and associated upwelling on the southwest African Margin: a synthesis of the Neogene-Quaternary sedimentary record at DSDP sites 362 and 532 / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 64:331-342, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.064.01.22 --- Annick Pujos: Calcareous nannofossils of Plio-Pleistocene sediments from the northwestern margin of tropical Africa / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 64:343-358, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.064.01.23 --- L. A. Krissek and S. C. Clemens: Evidence for aridity-driven dust flux to the northwest Arabian Sea and for decoupling of the dust and upwelling systems / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 64:359-378, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.064.01.24 --- Jean Pierre Caulet, Marie-Thérèse Vénec-Peyré, Colette Vergnaud-Grazzini, and Catherine Nigrini: Variation of South Somalian upwelling during the last 160 ka: radiolarian and foraminifera records in core MD 85674 / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 64:379-389, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.064.01.25 --- Hans Schrader: Peruvian coastal primary palaeo-productivity during the last 200 000 years / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 64:391-410, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.064.01.26 --- M. Sarnthein, U. Pflaumann, R. Ross, R. Tiedemann, and K. Winn: Transfer functions to reconstruct ocean palaeoproductivity: a comparison / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 64:411-427, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.064.01.27 --- Lisa D. White, Robert E. Garrison, and John A. Barron: Miocene intensification of upwelling along the California margin as recorded in siliceous facies of the Monterey Formation and offshore DSDP sites / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 64:429-442, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.064.01.28 --- Masako Ibaraki: Planktonic foraminifera of the coastal upwelling area off Peru during the Pleistocene / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 64:443-449, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.064.01.29 --- Peter-Matthias Heinze and Gerold Wefer: The history of coastal upwelling off Peru (11°S, ODP Leg 112, Site 680B) over the past 650 000 years / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 64:451-462, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.064.01.30 --- William W. Hay and John C. Brock: Temporal variation in intensity of upwelling off southwest Africa / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 64:463-497, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.064.01.31 --- Fatima Abrantes: Palaeoproductivity oscillations during the last 130 ka along the Portuguese and NW African margins / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 64:499-510, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.064.01.32

Description / Table of Contents: W. A. England and A. J. Fleet: Introduction / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 59:1-6, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1991.059.01.01 --- Part I: Generation and Expulsion (Primary Migration) --- Andrew S. Pepper: Estimating the petroleum expulsion behaviour of source rocks: a novel quantitative approach / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 59:9-31, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1991.059.01.02 --- D. Leythaeuser and H. S. Poelchau: Expulsion of petroleum from type III kerogen source rocks in gaseous solution: modelling of solubility fractionation / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 59:33-46, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1991.059.01.03 --- S. J. Düppenbecker, L. Dohmen, and D. H. Welte: Numerical modelling of petroleum expulsion in two areas of the Lower Saxony Basin, Northern Germany / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 59:47-64, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1991.059.01.04 --- B. S. Mudford, F. M. Gradstein, T. J. Katsube, and M. E. Best: Modelling 1D compaction-driven flow in sedimentary basins: a comparison of the Scotian Shelf, North Sea and Gulf Coast / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 59:65-85, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1991.059.01.05 --- Part II: Secondary Migration --- J. Burrus, A. Kuhfuss, B. Doligez, and P. Ungerer: Are numerical models useful in reconstructing the migration of hydrocarbons? A discussion based on the Northern Viking Graben / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 59:89-109, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1991.059.01.06 --- Øyvind Sylta: Modelling of secondary migration and entrapment of a multicomponent hydrocarbon mixture using equation of state and ray-tracing modelling techniques / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 59:111-122, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1991.059.01.07 --- D. S. Chapman, S. D. Willett, and C. Clauser: Using thermal fields to estimate basin-scale permeabilities / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 59:123-125, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1991.059.01.08 --- Richard W. Davis: Integration of geological data into hydrodynamic analysis of hydrocarbon movement / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 59:127-135, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1991.059.01.09 --- Stephen Larter and Nigel Mills: Phase-controlled molecular fractionations in migrating petroleum charges / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 59:137-147, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1991.059.01.10 --- B. M. Krooss, L. Brothers, and M. H. Engel: Geochromatography in petroleum migration: a review / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 59:149-163, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1991.059.01.11 --- Part III: Case Studies --- P. C. Barnard and M. A. Bastow: Hydrocarbon generation, migration, alteration, entrapment and mixing in the Central and Northern North Sea / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 59:167-190, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1991.059.01.12 --- K. F. M. Thompson: Contrasting characteristics attributed to migration observed in petroleums reservoired in clastic and carbonate sequences in the Gulf of Mexico region / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 59:191-205, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1991.059.01.13 --- N. Piggott and M. D. Lines: A case study of migration from the West Canada Basin / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 59:207-225, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1991.059.01.14 --- Robert W. H. Butler: Hydrocarbon maturation, migration and tectonic loading in the Western Alpine foreland thrust belt / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 59:227-244, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1991.059.01.15 --- Gerald Roberts: Structural controls on fluid migration through the Rencurel thrust zone, Vercors, French Sub-Alpine Chains / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 59:245-262, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1991.059.01.16 --- Part IV: Trap Leakage and Subsequent Migration --- R. H. Clarke and R. W. Cleverly: Petroleum seepage and post-accumulation migration / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 59:265-271, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1991.059.01.17 --- E. Vik, O. R. Heum, and K. G. Amaliksen: Leakage from deep reservoirs: possible mechanisms and relationship to shallow gas in the Haltenbanken area, mid-Norwegian Shelf / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 59:273, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1991.059.01.18

Description / Table of Contents: L. M. Parson and B. J. Murton: Ophiolites and their modern oceanic analogues / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 60:1-2, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.060.01.01 --- Robert J. Alexander and Gregory D. Harper: The Josephine ophiolite: an ancient analogue for slow- to intermediate-spreading oceanic ridges / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 60:3-38, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.060.01.02 --- C. J. MacLeod and D. A. Rothery: Ridge axial segmentation in the Oman ophiolite: evidence from along-strike variations in the sheeted dyke complex / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 60:39-63, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.060.01.03 --- R. C. Searle: The volcano-tectonic setting of oceanic lithosphere generation / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 60:65-79, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.060.01.04 --- Ruth I. Rusby: GLORIA and other geophysical studies of the tectonic pattern and history of the Easter Microplate, southeast Pacific / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 60:81-106, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.060.01.05 --- Jeffrey A. Karson and Alec T. Winters: Along-axis variations in tectonic extension and accommodation zones in the MARK Area, Mid-Atlantic Ridge 23°N latitude / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 60:107-116, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.060.01.06 --- Rex N. Taylor, Bramley J. Murton, and Robert W. Nesbitt: Chemical transects across intra-oceanic arcs: implications for the tectonic setting of ophiolites / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 60:117-132, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.060.01.07 --- D. K. Kostopoulos and B. J. Murton: Origin and distribution of components in boninite genesis: significance of the OIB component / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 60:133-154, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.060.01.08 --- Randall A. Keller and Martin R. Fisk: Quaternary marginal basin volcanism in the Bransfield Strait as a modern analogue of the southern Chilean ophiolites / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 60:155-169, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.060.01.09 --- J. L. Smellie and P. Stone: Geochemical control on the evolutionary history of the Ballantrae Complex, SW Scotland, from comparisons with recent analogues / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 60:171-178, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.060.01.10 --- Paul Ballantyne: Petrology and geochemistry of the plutonic rocks of the Halmahera ophiolite, eastern Indonesia, an analogue of modern oceanic forearcs / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 60:179-202, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.060.01.11 --- Stephen Roberts: Influence of the partial melting regime on the formation of ophiolitic chromitite / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 60:203-217, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.060.01.12 --- E. Valsami and J. R. Cann: Mobility of rare earth elements in zones of intense hydrothermal alteration in the Pindos ophiolite, Greece / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 60:219-232, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.060.01.13 --- Roger Laurent: Peridotite intrusions emplaced in the fossil suprasubduction zone environment of Cyprus / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 60:233-239, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.060.01.14 --- Jacques Girardeau and Jean-Claude C. Mercier: Evidence for plagioclase-lherzolite intrusion in the Mid-Atlantic Ridge, DSDP Leg 37 / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 60:241-250, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.060.01.15 --- Simon Allerton and F. J. Vine: Deformation styles adjacent to transform faults: evidence from the Troodos ophiolite, Cyprus / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 60:251-261, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.060.01.16 --- T. S. Brewer, R. Pelling, M. A. Lovell, and P. K. Harvey: The validity of whole-rock geochemistry in the study of the oceanic crust: a case study from ODP Hole 504B. / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 60:263-276, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.060.01.17 --- Andrea Borgia and Benedetta Treves: Volcanic plates overriding the ocean crust: structure and dynamics of Hawaiian volcanoes / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 60:277-299, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.060.01.18 --- R. A. Harris: Peri-collisional extension and the formation of Oman-type ophiolites in the Banda arc and Brooks Range / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 60:301-325, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.060.01.19

Description / Table of Contents: T. P. Young and W. E. G. Taylor: Preface / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 46:vii-viii, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.046.01.01 --- T. P. Young: Phanerozoic ironstones: an introduction and review / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 46:ix-xxv, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.046.01.02 --- Geochemical and Mineralogical Framework --- B. Velde: Phyllosilicate formation in berthierine peloids and iron oolites / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 46:3-8, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.046.01.03 --- Hermann Harder: Mineral genesis in ironstones: a model based upon laboratory experiments and petrographic observations / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 46:9-18, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.046.01.04 --- D. A. Spears: Aspects of iron incorporation into sediments with special reference to the Yorkshire Ironstones / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 46:19-30, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.046.01.05 --- Stratigraphic Patterns --- F. B. Van Houten and M. A. Arthur: Temporal patterns among Phanerozoic oolitic ironstones and oceanic anoxia / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 46:33-49, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.046.01.06 --- T. P. Young: Eustatically controlled ooidal ironstone deposition: facies relationships of the Ordovician open-shelf ironstones of Western Europe / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 46:51-63, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.046.01.07 --- Roland Dreesen: Oolitic ironstones as event-stratigraphical marker beds within the Upper Devonian of the Ardenno-Rhenish Massif / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 46:65-78, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.046.01.08 --- T. Teyssen: A depositional model for the Liassic Minette ironstones (Luxemburg and France), in comparison with other Phanerozoic oolitic ironstones / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 46:79-92, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.046.01.09 --- D. P. Bhattacharyya: Concentrated and lean oolites: examples from the Nubia Formation at Aswan, Egypt, and significance of the oolite types in ironstone genesis / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 46:93-103, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.046.01.10 --- Ulf Bayer: Stratigraphic and environmental patterns of ironstone deposits / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 46:105-117, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.046.01.11 --- Fabrics --- C. R. Hughes: The application of analytical transmission electron microscopy to the study of oolitic ironstones: a preliminary study / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 46:121-131, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.046.01.12 --- A. U. Gehring: The formation of goethitic ooids in condensed Jurassic deposits in northern Switzerland / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 46:133-139, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.046.01.13 --- A. T. Kearsley: Iron-rich ooids, their mineralogy and microfabric: clues to their origin and evolution / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 46:141-164, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.046.01.14 --- J-J. Chauvel and S. Guerrak: Oolitization processes in Palaeozoic ironstones of France, Algeria and Libya / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 46:165-173, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.046.01.15 --- A. Siehl and J. Thein: Minette-type ironstones / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 46:175-193, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.046.01.16 --- Case Studies --- S. Guerrak: Time and space distribution of Palaeozoic oolitic ironstones in the Tindouf Basin, Algerian Sahara / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 46:197-212, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.046.01.17 --- R. J. B. Trythall: The mid-Ordovician oolitic ironstones of North Wales: a field guide / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 46:213-220, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.046.01.18 --- K. J. Myers: The origin of the Lower Jurassic Cleveland Ironstone Formation of North-East England: evidence from portable gamma-ray spectrometry / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 46:221-228, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.046.01.19 --- E. Garzanti, R. Haas, and F. Jadoul: Ironstones in the Mesozoic passive margin sequence of the Tethys Himalaya (Zanskar, Northern India): sedimentology and metamorphism / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 46:229-244, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.046.01.20

Description / Table of Contents: Mike Coward and Dorothee Dietrich: Alpine tectonics — an overview / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 45:1-29, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.045.01.01 --- Tectonic Evolution of the External Zones of the Alps --- J. G. Ramsay: Fold and fault geometry in the western Helvetic nappes of Switzerland and France and its implication for the evolution of the arc of the western Alps / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 45:33-45, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.045.01.02 --- D. Dietrich and M. Casey: A new tectonic model for the Helvetic nappes / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 45:47-63, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.045.01.03 --- J.-P. Gratier, G. Ménard, and R. Arpin: Strain-displacement compatibility and restoration of the Chaînes Subalpines of the western Alps / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 45:65-81, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.045.01.04 --- N. Fry: Southwestward thrusting and tectonics of the western Alps / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 45:83-109, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.045.01.05 --- Tectonic Evolution of the Internal and Southern Zones of the Alps --- O. Merle, P. R. Cobbold, and S. Schmid: Tertiary kinematics in the Lepontine dome / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 45:113-134, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.045.01.06 --- J. P. Platt, P. C. Cunningham, P. Weston, G. S. Lister, F. Peel, T. Baudin, and H. Dondey: Thrusting and backthrusting in the Briançonnais domain of the western Alps / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 45:135-152, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.045.01.07 --- S. M. Schmid, H. R. Aebli, F. Heller, and A. Zingg: The role of the Periadriatic Line in the tectonic evolution of the Alps / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 45:153-171, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.045.01.08 --- A. C. Ellis, A. C. Barnicoat, and N. Fry: Structural and metamorphic constraints on the tectonic evolution of the upper Pennine Alps / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 45:173-188, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.045.01.09 --- J. Ridley: Structural and metamorphic history of a segment of the Sesia-Lanzo zone, and its bearing on the kinematics of Alpine deformation in the western Alps / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 45:189-201, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.045.01.10 --- K. H. Brodie, E. H. Rutter, and D. Rex: On the age of deep crustal extensional faulting in the Ivrea zone, northern Italy / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 45:203-210, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.045.01.11 --- D. Roeder: South-Alpine thrusting and trans-Alpine convergence / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 45:211-227, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.045.01.12 --- H. P. Laubscher: The tectonics of the southern Alps and the Austro-Alpine nappes: a comparison / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 45:229-241, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.045.01.13 --- L. Ratschbacher and F. Neubauer: West-directed décollement of Austro-Alpine cover nappes in the eastern Alps: geometrical and rheological considerations / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 45:243-262, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.045.01.14 --- Models of the Development of the Alpine Chain --- J. F. Dewey, M. L. Helman, S. D. Knott, E. Turco, and D. H. W. Hutton: Kinematics of the western Mediterranean / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 45:265-283, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.045.01.15 --- J. E. T. Channell and J. C. Mareschal: Delamination and asymmetric lithospheric thickening in the development of the Tyrrhenian Rift / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 45:285-302, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.045.01.16 --- St. Mueller: Deep-reaching geodynamic processes in the Alps / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 45:303-328, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.045.01.17 --- P. Vialon, P. Rochette, and G. Ménard: Indentation and rotation in the western Alpine arc / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 45:329-338, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.045.01.18 --- R. Lacassin: Plate-scale kinematics and compatibility of crustal shear zones in the Alps / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 45:339-352, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.045.01.19 --- J. C. Hunziker, J. Desmons, and G. Martinotti: Alpine thermal evolution in the central and the western Alps / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 45:353-367, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.045.01.20 --- A. J. Hurford, M. Flisch, and E. Jäger: Unravelling the thermo-tectonic evolution of the Alps: a contribution from fission track analysis and mica dating / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 45:369-398, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.045.01.21 --- F. Heller, W. Lowrie, and A. M. Hirt: A review of palaeomagnetic and magnetic anisotropy results from the Alps / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 45:399-420, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.045.01.22 --- K. J. Hsü: Time and place in Alpine orogenesis — the Fermor Lecture / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 45:421-443, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.045.01.23

Description / Table of Contents: M. A. Cooper and G. D. Williams: Introduction / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 44:vii, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.044.01.01 --- Modelling and Theoretical Concepts --- G. D. Williams, C. M. Powell, and M. A. Cooper: Geometry and kinematics of inversion tectonics / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 44:3-15, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.044.01.02 --- A. B. Hayward and R. H. Graham: Some geometrical characteristics of inversion / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 44:17-39, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.044.01.03 --- K. R. McClay: Analogue models of inversion tectonics / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 44:41-59, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.044.01.04 --- Inversion in the Alps and Alpine Foreland --- P. A. Ziegler: Geodynamic model for Alpine intra-plate compressional deformation in Western and Central Europe / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 44:63-85, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.044.01.05 --- P. C. de Graciansky, G. Dardeau, M. Lemoine, and P. Tricart: The inverted margin of the French Alps and foreland basin inversion / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 44:87-104, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.044.01.06 --- R. W. H. Butler: The influence of pre-existing basin structure on thrust system evolution in the Western Alps / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 44:105-122, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.044.01.07 --- I. R. Simpson, M. Gravestock, D. Ham, H. Leach, and S. D. Thompson: Notes and cross-sections illustrating inversion tectonics in the Wessex Basin / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 44:123-129, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.044.01.08 --- D. G. Roberts: Basin inversion in and around the British Isles / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 44:131-150, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.044.01.09 --- Inversion on the European Continental Shelf --- J. A. Cartwright: The kinematics of inversion in the Danish Central Graben / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 44:153-175, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.044.01.10 --- T. J. Chapman: The Permian to Cretaceous structural evolution of the Western Approaches Basin (Melville sub-basin), UK / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 44:177-200, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.044.01.11 --- M. E. Badley, J. D. Price, and L. C. Backshall: Inversion, reactivated faults and related structures: seismic examples from the southern North Sea / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 44:201-219, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.044.01.12 --- Inversion in Other Geological Environments --- C. M. Powell and G. D. Williams: The Lewis Thrust/Rocky Mountain trench fault system in Northwest Montana, USA: an example of negative inversion tectonics? / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 44:223-234, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.044.01.13 --- K. R. McClay, M. W. Insley, and R. Anderton: Inversion of the Kechika Trough, Northeastern British Columbia, Canada / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 44:235-257, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.044.01.14 --- C. K. Morley: Basin inversion in the Osen-Røa thrust sheet, Southern Norway / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 44:259-273, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.044.01.15 --- M. P. Coward, M. A. Enfield, and M. W. Fischer: Devonian basins of Northern Scotland: extension and inversion related to Late Caledonian — Variscan tectonics / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 44:275-308, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.044.01.16 --- M. C. Daly, J. Chorowicz, and J. D. Fairhead: Rift basin evolution in Africa: the influence of reactivated steep basement shear zones / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 44:309-334, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.044.01.17 --- M. A. Cooper, G. D. Williams, P. C. de Graciansky, R. W. Murphy, T. Needham, D. de Paor, R. Stoneley, S. P. Todd, J. P. Turner, and P. A. Ziegler: Inversion tectonics — a discussion / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 44:335-347, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.044.01.18 --- Abstracts --- I. W. D. Dalziel: Inversion of circum-Pacific marginal basins / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 44:351, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.044.01.19 --- J. F. Dewey: Kinematics and dynamics of basin inversion / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 44:352, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.044.01.20 --- A. Gibbs and A. Beach: Extensional tectonics in a convergent intra-plate setting: linked inversions on oblique and frontal ramps / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 44:353, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.044.01.21 --- R. Gillcrist, M. P. Coward, B. Trudgill, A. Pecher, and J. L. Mugnier: Structural inversion in the external French Alps / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 44:354, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.044.01.22 --- N. J. Kusznir and G. D. Williams: Geometric, thermal and isostatic constraints on basin inversion / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 44:355, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.044.01.23 --- B. van Hoorn: Structural evolution, timing and tectonic style of the Sole Pit inversion / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 44:356, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.044.01.24

Description / Table of Contents: A. D. Saunders and M. J. Norry: Introduction / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 42:vii-viii, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.042.01.01 --- I. G. Gass: Magmatic processes at and near constructive plate margins as deduced from the Troodos (Cyprus) and Semail Nappe (N Oman) ophiolites / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 42:1-15, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.042.01.02 --- Robert S. White: Asthenospheric control on magmatism in the ocean basins / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 42:17-27, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.042.01.03 --- John G. Spray: Upper mantle segregation processes: evidence from alpine-type peridotites / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 42:29-40, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.042.01.04 --- James H. Natland: Partial melting of a lithologically heterogeneous mantle: inferences from crystallization histories of magnesian abyssal tholeiites from the Siqueiros Fracture Zone / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 42:41-70, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.042.01.05 --- H. J. B. Dick: Abyssal peridotites, very slow spreading ridges and ocean ridge magmatism / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 42:71-105, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.042.01.06 --- Sherman H. Bloomer, James H. Natland, and Robert L. Fisher: Mineral relationships in gabbroic rocks from fracture zones of Indian Ocean ridges: evidence for extensive fractionation, parental diversity and boundary-layer recrystallization / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 42:107-124, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.042.01.07 --- Don Elthon: Pressure of origin of primary mid-ocean ridge basalts / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 42:125-136, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.042.01.08 --- Toshitsugu Fujii: Genesis of mid-ocean ridge basalts / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 42:137-146, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.042.01.09 --- Z. A. Palacz and J. A. Wolff: Strontium, neodymium and lead isotope characteristics of the Granadilla Pumice, Tenerife: a study of the causes of strontium isotope disequilibrium in felsic pyroclastic deposits / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 42:147-159, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.042.01.10 --- M. Storey, J. A. Wolff, M. J. Norry, and G. F. Marriner: Origin of hybrid lavas from Agua de Pau volcano, Sao Miguel, Azores / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 42:161-180, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.042.01.11 --- G. Thompson, W. B. Bryan, and S. E. Humphris: Axial volcanism on the East Pacific Rise, 10–12°N / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 42:181-200, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.042.01.12 --- Johann Helgason: The Fjallgardar volcanic ridge in NE Iceland: an aborted early stage plate boundary or a volcanically dormant zone? / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 42:201-213, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.042.01.13 --- P. A. Floyd: Geochemical features of intraplate oceanic plateau basalts / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 42:215-230, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.042.01.14 --- G. R. Davies, R. A. Cliff, M. J. Norry, and D. C. Gerlach: A combined chemical and Pb-Sr-Nd isotope study of the Azores and Cape Verde hot-spots: the geodynamic implications / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 42:231-255, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.042.01.15 --- D. J. Chaffey, R. A. Cliff, and B. M. Wilson: Characterization of the St Helena magma source / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 42:257-276, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.042.01.16 --- J.-L. Joron and M. Treuil: Hygromagmaphile element distributions in oceanic basalts as fingerprints of partial melting and mantle heterogeneities: a specific approach and proposal of an identification and modelling method / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 42:277-299, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.042.01.17 --- D. E. Fisher: Evaluation of rare gas data in relation to oceanic magmas / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 42:301-311, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.042.01.18 --- S.-s. Sun and W. F. McDonough: Chemical and isotopic systematics of oceanic basalts: implications for mantle composition and processes / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 42:313-345, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.042.01.19 --- B. J. Murton: Tectonic controls on boninite genesis / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 42:347-377, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.042.01.20

Description / Table of Contents: J.S. Daly, R.A. Cliff, and B.W.D. Yardley: Preface / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 43:vii-viii, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.043.01.01 --- E. J. Essene: The current status of thermobarometry in metamorphic rocks / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 43:1-44, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.043.01.02 --- L. Ya. Aranovich and K. K. Podlesskii: Geothermobarometry of high-grade metapelites: simultaneously operating reactions / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 43:45-61, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.043.01.03 --- Frank S. Spear: Relative thermobarometry and metamorphic P-T, paths / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 43:63-81, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.043.01.04 --- R. H. Vernon: Porphyroblast-matrix microstructural relationships: recent approaches and problems / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 43:83-102, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.043.01.05 --- John Ridley: Vertical movement in orogenic belts and the timing of metamorphism relative to deformation / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 43:103-115, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.043.01.06 --- R. A. Jamieson and C. Beaumont: Deformation and metamorphism in convergent orogens: a model for uplift and exhumation of metamorphic terrains / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 43:117-129, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.043.01.07 --- Peter K. Zeitler: The geochronology of metamorphic processes / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 43:131-147, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.043.01.08 --- James J. Irwin, Charles Kirschbaum, Tek. H. Lim, Derek Powell, and William E. Glassley: A laser-microprobe study of argon isotopes in deformed pegmatites from the Northern Highlands of Scotland / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 43:149-160, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.043.01.09 --- A. Reuter and R. D. Dallmeyer: K-Ar and 40Ar/39Ar dating of cleavage formed during very low-grade metamorphism: a review / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 43:161-171, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.043.01.10 --- Hanan J. Kisch: Discordant relationship between degree of very low-grade metamorphism and the development of slaty cleavage / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 43:173-185, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.043.01.11 --- J. J. De Yoreo, D. R. Lux, and C. V. Guidotti: The role of crustal anatexis and magma migration in the thermal evolution of regions of thickened continental crust / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 43:187-202, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.043.01.12 --- C. P. Chamberlain and Douglas Rumble III: The influence of fluids on the thermal history of a metamorphic terrain: New Hampshire, USA / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 43:203-213, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.043.01.13 --- Howard W. Day and C. Page Chamberlain: Implications of thermal and baric structure for controls on metamorphism: northern New England, USA / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 43:215-222, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.043.01.14 --- L. Aguirre, B. Levi, and J. O. Nyström: The link between metamorphism, volcanism and geotectonic setting during the evolution of the Andes / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 43:223-232, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.043.01.15 --- T. M. Gordon: Thermal evolution of the Kisseynew sedimentary gneiss belt, Manitoba: metamorphism at an early Proterozoic accretionary margin / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 43:233-243, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.043.01.16 --- Peter H. Thompson: An empirical model for metamorphic evolution of the Archaean Slave Province and adjacent Thelon Tectonic Zone, north-western Canadian Shield / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 43:245-263, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.043.01.17 --- Amalbikash Mukherjee: P-T-time history and thermal modelling of an anorthosite-granulite interface, Eastern Ghats metamorphic belt, India / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 43:265-274, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.043.01.18 --- Leonid L. Perchuk: P-T-fluid regimes of metamorphism and related magmatism with specific reference to the granulite-facies Sharyzhalgay complex of Lake Baikal / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 43:275-291, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.043.01.19 --- D. Ackermand, B. F. Windley, and A. Razafiniparany: The Precambrian mobile belt of southern Madagascar / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 43:293-296, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.043.01.20 --- I. Cartwright and A. C. Barnicoat: Evolution of the Scourian complex / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 43:297-301, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.043.01.21 --- M. A. H. Maboko, I. McDougall, and P. K. Zeitler: Metamorphic P-T path of granulites in the Musgrave Ranges, central Australia / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 43:303-307, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.043.01.22 --- Eileen McLellan, Daniel Linder, and Jenny Thomas: Multiple granulite-facies events in the southern Appalachians, USA / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 43:309-314, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.043.01.23 --- James M. McLelland: Pre-granulite-facies metamorphism in the Adirondack Mountains, New York / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 43:315-317, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.043.01.24 --- F. Mengel and T. Rivers: Thermotectonic evolution of proterozoic and reworked Archaean terranes along the Nain-Churchill boundary in the Saglek Area, northern Labrador / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 43:319-324, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.043.01.25 --- Motoyoshi Yoichi, Satoshi Matsubara, and Hiroharu Matsueda: P-T evolution of the granulite-facies rocks of the Lützow-Holm Bay region, East Antarctica / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 43:325-329, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.043.01.26 --- H. R. Rollinson: Garnet—orthopyroxene thermobarometry of granulites from the north marginal zone of the Limpopo belt, Zimbabwe / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 43:331-335, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.043.01.27 --- Volker Schenk: P-T-t path of the lower crust in The Hercynian fold belt of southern Calabria / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 43:337-342, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.043.01.28 --- Daniel Vielzeuf and Christian Pin: Geodynamic implications of granulitic rocks in the Hercynian belt / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 43:343-348, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.043.01.29 --- R. G. Warren and B. J. Hensen: The P-T evolution of the Proterozoic Arunta Block, central Australia, and Implications for tectonic evolution / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 43:349-355, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.043.01.30 --- D. J. Waters: Metamorphic evidence for the heating and cooling path of Namaqualand granulites / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 43:357-363, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.043.01.31 --- I. S. Buick and T. J. B. Holland: The P-T-t path associated with crustal extension, Naxos, Cyclades, Greece / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 43:365-369, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.043.01.32 --- M. Franceschelli, I. Memmi, F. Pannuti, and C. A. Ricci: Diachronous metamorphic equilibria in the Hercynian basement of northern Sardinia, Italy / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 43:371-375, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.043.01.33 --- P. K. Verma: The Himalayan metamorphism / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 43:377-383, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.043.01.34 --- A. J. Barker and M. W. Anderson: The Caledonian structural—metamorphic evolution of south Troms, Norway / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 43:385-390, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.043.01.35 --- Kevin W. Burton, Alan P. Boyle, Wendy L. Kirk, and Roger Mason: Pressure, temperature and structural evolution of the Sulitjelma fold-nappe, central Scandinavian Caledonides / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 43:391-411, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.043.01.36 --- A. H. N. Rice, R. E. Bevins, D. Robinson, and D. Roberts: Thrust-related metamorphic inversion in the Caledonides of Finnmark, north Norway / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 43:413-421, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.043.01.37 --- J. P. Burg, A. F. Leyreloup, F. Romney, and C. P. Delor: Inverted metamorphic zonation and Variscan thrust tectonics in the rouergue area (Massif Central, France): P-T-t record from mineral to regional scale / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 43:423-439, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.043.01.38 --- Cl. Audren and Cl. Triboulet: Pressure–temperature–time–deformation paths in metamorphic rocks and tectonic processes, as exemplified by the Variscan orogeny in South Brittany, France / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 43:441-446, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.043.01.39 --- David A. Brew, Arthur B. Ford, and Glen R. Himmelberg: Evolution of the western part of the Coast plutonic–metamorphic complex, South-Eastern Alaska, USA: A Summary / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 43:447-452, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.043.01.40 --- J. C. Schumacher, Renate Schumacher, and Peter Robinson: Acadian metamorphism in central massachusetts and south-western New Hampshire: evidence for contrasting P-T trajectories / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 43:453-460, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.043.01.41 --- Jeffrey A. Grambling, Michael L. Williams, Christopher K. Mawer, and Roger F. Smith: Metamorphic evolution of Proterozoic rocks in New Mexico / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 43:461-467, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.043.01.42 --- G. T. R. Droop and I. Y. Al-Filali: Magmatism, deformation and high-T, low-P regional metamorphism in the Nabitah mobile belt, southern Arabian Shield / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 43:469-480, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.043.01.43 --- Y. Hiroi and S. Kishi: P-T evolution of Abukuma metamorphic rocks in north-east Japan: metamorphic evidence for oceanic crust obduction / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 43:481-486, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.043.01.44 --- M. Komatsu, Y. Osanai, T. Toyoshima, and S. Miyashita: Evolution of the Hidaka metamorphic belt, northern Japan / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 43:487-493, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.043.01.45 --- Pentti Hölttä: General features of early Proterozoic metamorphism in the Pielavesi area, Near the Archaean craton Margin, central Finland / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 43:495-499, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.043.01.46 --- Kevin A. Jones and Michael Brown: The metamorphic evolution of the Southern Brittany migmatite belt, France / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 43:501-505, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.043.01.47 --- P. J. O'Brien: A study of retrogression in eclogites of the Oberpfalz Forest, north-east Bavaria, West Germany, and their significance in the tectonic evolution of the Bohemian Massif / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 43:507-512, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.043.01.48 --- I. S. Sanders: Phase relations and P-T conditions for eclogite-facies rocks at Glenelg, north-west Scotland / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 43:513-517, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.043.01.49 --- Shohei Banno and Chihiro Sakai: Geology and metamorphic evolution of the Sanbagawa metamorphic belt, Japan / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 43:519-532, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.043.01.50 --- Akira Takasu: P-T histories of peridotite and amphibolite tectonic blocks in the Sanbagawa metamorphic belt, Japan / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 43:533-538, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.043.01.51 --- A. C. Barnicoat and N. Fry: Eoalpine high-pressure metamorphism in the Piemonte zone of the Alps: south-west Switzerland and north-west Italy / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 43:539-544, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.043.01.52 --- H.-J. Massonne and C. Chopin: P-T history of the Gran Paradiso (Western Alps) metagranites based on phengite geobarometry / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 43:545-549, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.043.01.53 --- P. J. Treble: The Voltri Group, northern Italy: an Alpine ophiolite massif / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 43:551-556, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.043.01.54 --- Colin N. Waters: The metamorphic evolution of the Schistes lustrés ophiolite, Cap Corse, Corsica / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 43:557-562, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1989.043.01.55

Description / Table of Contents: Mervyn E. Jones and R. M. F. Preston: Introduction / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 29:1-8, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.029.01.01 --- Part I: Theory and Experimental --- G. Owen: Deformation processes in unconsolidated sands / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 29:11-24, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.029.01.02 --- J. P. Gratier: Pressure solution-deposition creep and associated tectonic differentiation in sedimentary rocks / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 29:25-38, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.029.01.03 --- G. Mandl and R. M. Harkness: Hydrocarbon migration by hydraulic fracturing / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 29:39-53, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.029.01.04 --- C. R. I. Clayton and M. C. Matthews: Deformation, diagenesis and the mechanical behaviour of chalk / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 29:55-62, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.029.01.05 --- R. J. Allison: Non-destructive determination of Young’s modulus and its relationship with compressive strength, porosity and density / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 29:63-69, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.029.01.06 --- Alex J. Maltman: A laboratory technique for investigating the deformation microstructures of water-rich sediments / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 29:71-76, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.029.01.07 --- Alex. J. Maltman: Shear zones in argillaceous sediments—an experimental study / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 29:77-87, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.029.01.08 --- Part II: Processes --- John R. Underhill and Nigel H. Woodcock: Faulting mechanisms in high-porosity sandstones; New Red Sandstone, Arran, Scotland / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 29:91-105, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.029.01.09 --- Jean-Pierre Petit and Edgard Laville: Morphology and microstructures of hydroplastic slickensides in sandstone / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 29:107-121, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.029.01.10 --- Michel Guiraud and Michel Séguret: Soft-sediment microfaulting related to compaction within the fluviodeltaic infill of the Soria strike-slip basin (northern Spain) / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 29:123-136, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.029.01.11 --- Michael Leeder: Sediment deformation structures and the palaeotectonic analysis of sedimentary basins, with a case-study from the Carboniferous of northern England / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 29:137-144, NP, 145-146, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.029.01.12 --- Pierre Labaume: Syn-diagenetic deformation of a turbiditic succession related to submarine gravity nappe emplacement, Autapie Nappe, French Alps / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 29:147-163, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.029.01.13 --- S.A. Schack Pedersen: Comparative studies of gravity tectonics in Quaternary sediments and sedimentary rocks related to fold belts / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 29:165-179, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.029.01.14 --- S. G. Farrell and S. Eaton: Slump strain in the Tertiary of Cyprus and the Spanish Pyrenees. Definition of palaeoslopes and models of soft-sediment deformation / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 29:181-196, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.029.01.15 --- P. M. Clifford, M. C. Rice, L. L. Pryer, and F. Fueten: Mass transfer in unmetamorphosed carbonates and during low-grade metamorphism of arenites / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 29:197-209, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.029.01.16 --- Part III: Descriptive --- K. T. Pickering: Wet-sediment deformation in the Upper Ordovician Point Leamington Formation: an active thrust-imbricate system during sedimentation, Notre Dame Bay, north-central Newfoundland / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 29:213-218,NP,219-232,NP,234-239, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.029.01.17 --- Krzysztof Brodzikowski, Roman Gotowała, Ludwik Kasza, and Antonius J. Van Loon: The Kleszczów Graben (central Poland): reconstruction of the deformational history and inventory of the resulting soft-sediment deformational structures / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 29:241-254, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.029.01.18 --- K. Brodzikowski, R. Gotowała, A. Hałuszczak, D. Krzyszkowski, and A. J. Van Loon: Soft-sediment deformations from glaciodeltaic, glaciolacustrine and fluviolacustrine sediments in the Kleszczów Graben (central Poland) / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 29:255-267, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.029.01.19 --- Krzysztof Brodzikowski, Dariusz Krzyszkowski, and Antonius J. Van Loon: Endogenic processes as a cause of penecontemporaneous soft-sediment deformations in the fluviolacustrine Czyżów Series (Kleszczów Graben, central Poland) / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 29:269-278, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.029.01.20 --- Krzysztof Brodzikowski and Andrzej Hałuszczak: Flame structures and associated deformations in Quaternary glaciolacustrine and glaciodeltaic deposits: examples from central Poland / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 29:279-286, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.029.01.21 --- Krzysztof Brodzikowski, Andrzej Hałuszczak, Dariusz Krzyszkowski, and Antonius J. Van Loon: Genesis and diagnostic value of large-scale gravity-induced penecontemporaneous deformation horizons in Quaternary sediments of the Kleszczów Graben (central Poland) / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 29:287-298, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.029.01.22 --- Colin A. Davenport and Philip S. Ringrose: Deformation of Scottish Quaternary sediment sequences by strong earthquake motions / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 29:299-314, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.029.01.23 --- J. Alexander: Syn-sedimentary and burial related deformation in the Middle Jurassic non-marine formations of the Yorkshire Basin / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 29:315-324, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.029.01.24 --- Bill Fitches: Aspects of veining in the Welsh Lower Palaeozoic Basin / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 29:325-342, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.029.01.25

Description / Table of Contents: D. R. Bowes: Janet Watson—an appreciation and bibliography / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 27:1-5, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.027.01.01 --- John Sutton and Janet Watson: The Lewisian complex: questions for the future / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 27:7-11, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.027.01.02 --- R. G. Park and J. Tarney: The Lewisian complex: a typical Precambrian high-grade terrain? / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 27:13-25, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.027.01.03 --- D. J. Fettes and J. R. Mendum: The evolution of the Lewisian complex in the Outer Hebrides / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 27:27-44, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.027.01.04 --- J. Tarney and B. L. Weaver: Geochemistry of the Scourian complex: petrogenesis and tectonic models / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 27:45-56, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.027.01.05 --- H. R. Rollinson and M. B. Fowler: The magmatic evolution of the Scourian complex at Gruinard Bay / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 27:57-71, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.027.01.06 --- A. C. Barnicoat: The causes of the high-grade metamorphism of the Scourie complex, NW Scotland / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 27:73-79, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.027.01.07 --- J. D. Sills and H. R. Rollinson: Metamorphic evolution of the mainland Lewisian complex / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 27:81-92, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.027.01.08 --- I. Cartwright and A. C. Barnicoat: Petrology of Scourian supracrustal rocks and orthogneisses from Stoer, NW Scotland: implications for the geological evolution of the Lewisian complex / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 27:93-107, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.027.01.09 --- N. M. S. Rock, A. E. Davis, D. Hutchison, M. Joseph, and T. K. Smith: The geochemistry of Lewisian marbles / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 27:109-126, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.027.01.10 --- M. P. Coward and R. G. Park: The role of mid-crustal shear zones in the Early Proterozoic evolution of the Lewisian / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 27:127-138, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.027.01.11 --- R. G. Park, A. Crane, and M. Niamatullah: Early Proterozoic structure and kinematic evolution of the southern mainland Lewisian / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 27:139-151, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.027.01.12 --- J. Wheeler, B. F. Windley, and F. B. Davies: Internal evolution of the major Precambrian shear belt at Torridon, NW Scotland / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 27:153-163, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.027.01.13 --- P. Attfield: The structural history of the Canisp Shear Zone / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 27:165-173, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.027.01.14 --- S. H. White and J. Glasser: The Outer Hebrides Fault Zone: evidence for normal movements / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 27:175-183, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.027.01.15 --- J. Hall: Physical properties of Lewisian rocks: implications for deep crustal structure / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 27:185-192, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.027.01.16 --- D. K. Smythe: Deep seismic reflection profiling of the Lewisian foreland / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 27:193-203, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.027.01.17 --- J. D. A. Piper: The palaeomagnetic record in the Lewisian terrain / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 27:205-215, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.027.01.18 --- J. Tarney and B. L. Weaver: Mineralogy, petrology and geochemistry of the Scourie dykes: petrogenesis and crystallization processes in dykes intruded at depth / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 27:217-233, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.027.01.19 --- J. S. Myers: The East Greenland Nagssugtoqidian mobile belt compared with the Lewisian complex / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 27:235-246, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.027.01.20 --- J. Korstgård, B. Ryan, and R. Wardle: The boundary between Proterozoic and Archaean crustal blocks in central West Greenland and northern Labrador / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 27:247-259, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.027.01.21 --- R. P. Hall, D. J. Hughes, and C. R. L. Friend: Mid-Archaean basic magmatism of southern West Greenland / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 27:261-275, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.027.01.22 --- J. S. Myers: High-grade terrains in and around the Yilgarn Block of Western Australia / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 27:277-284, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.027.01.23 --- S. L. Harley and L. P. Black: The Archaean geological evolution of Enderby Land, Antarctica / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 27:285-296, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.027.01.24 --- J. D. Sills, K. Wang, Y. Yan, and B. F. Windley: The Archaean high grade gneiss terrain in E Hebei Province, NE China: geological framework and conditions of metamorphism / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 27:297-305, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.027.01.25

Description / Table of Contents: A. J. Fleet and J. Brooks: Introduction / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 26:1-14, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.026.01.01 --- Part I: Concepts and Methods --- J. Brooks, C. Cornford, and R. Archer: The role of hydrocarbon source rocks in petroleum exploration / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 26:17-46, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.026.01.02 --- R. V. Tyson: The genesis and palynofacies characteristics of marine petroleum source rocks / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 26:47-67, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.026.01.03 --- I. St. J. Fisher and J. D. Hudson: Pyrite formation in Jurassic shales of contrasting biofacies / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 26:69-78, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.026.01.04 --- S. C. Brassell, G. Eglinton, and V. J. Howell: Palaeoenvironmental assessment of marine organic-rich sediments using molecular organic geochemistry / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 26:79-98, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.026.01.05 --- P. A. Comet and G. Eglinton: The use of lipids as facies indicators / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 26:99-117, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.026.01.06 --- Part II: Depositional Processes and Environments --- E. T. Degens and V. Ittekkot: The carbon cycle—tracking the path of organic particles from sea to sediment / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 26:121-135, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.026.01.07 --- S. E. Calvert: Oceanographic controls on the accumulation of organic matter in marine sediments / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 26:137-151, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.026.01.08 --- R. J. Morris: The formation of organic-rich deposits in two deep-water marine environments / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 26:153-166, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.026.01.09 --- R. Pelet: A model of organic sedimentation on present-day continental margins / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 26:167-180, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.026.01.10 --- E. Suess, L. D. Kulm, and J. S. Killingley: Coastal upwelling and a history of organic-rich mudstone deposition off Peru / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 26:181-197, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.026.01.11 --- J. T. Parrish: Palaeo-upwelling and the distribution of organic-rich rocks / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 26:199-205, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.026.01.12 --- J. Ferguson: The significance of carbonate ooids in petroleum source-rock studies / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 26:207-215, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.026.01.13 --- B. R. T. Simoneit and O. E. Kawka: Hydrothermal petroleum from diatomites in the Gulf of California / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 26:217-228, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.026.01.14 --- Part III: The Stratigraphic Record --- A. Thickpenny and J. K. Leggett: Stratigraphic distribution and palaeo-oceanographic significance of European early Palaeozoic organic-rich sediments / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 26:231-247, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.026.01.15 --- M. J. Gibbons: The depositional environment and petroleum geochemistry of the Marl Slate-Kupferschiefer / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 26:249, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.026.01.16 --- A. Hallam: Mesozoic marine organic-rich shales / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 26:251-261, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.026.01.17 --- R. Stoneley: A review of petroleum source rocks in parts of the Middle East / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 26:263-269, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.026.01.18 --- H. B. Zimmerman, A. Boersma, and F. W. McCoy: Carbonaceous sediments and palaeoenvironment of the Cretaceous South Atlantic Ocean / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 26:271-286, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.026.01.19 --- D. A. V. Stow: South Atlantic organic-rich sediments: facies, processes and environments of deposition / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 26:287-299, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.026.01.20 --- C. P. Summerhayes: Organic-rich Cretaceous sediments from the North Atlantic / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 26:301-316, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.026.01.21 --- P. C. de Graciansky, E. Brosse, G. Deroo, J.-P. Herbin, C. Müller, J. Sigal, A. Schaaf, and L. Montadert: Organic-rich sediments and palaeoenvironmental reconstructions of the Cretaceous North Atlantic / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 26:317-344, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.026.01.22 --- T. J. Bralower and H. R. Thierstein: Organic carbon and metal accumulation rates in Holocene and mid-Cretaceous sediments: palaeoceanographic significance / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 26:345-369, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.026.01.23 --- S. O. Schlanger, M. A. Arthur, H. C. Jenkyns, and P. A. Scholle: The Cenomanian-Turonian Oceanic Anoxic Event, I. Stratigraphy and distribution of organic carbon-rich beds and the marine δ13C excursion / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 26:371-399, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.026.01.24 --- M. A. Arthur, S. O. Schlanger, and H. C. Jenkyns: The Cenomanian-Turonian Oceanic Anoxic Event, II. Palaeoceanographic controls on organic-matter production and preservation / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 26:401-420, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.026.01.25 --- B. M. Funnell: Anoxic non-events; alternative explanations / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 26:421-422, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.026.01.26 --- N. J. Shackleton: The carbon isotope record of the Cenozoic: history of organic carbon burial and of oxygen in the ocean and atmosphere / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 26:423-434, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.026.01.27

Description / Table of Contents: R. B. Rickards and A. J. Chapman: Preface / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 20:vii-ix, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1986.020.01.01 --- J. Rigby: A critique of graptolite classification, and a revision of the suborders Diplograptina and Monograptina / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 20:1-12, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1986.020.01.02 --- Adam Urbanek and Piotr Mierzejewski: A possible new pattern of cortical deposit in Tremadoc dendroid graptolites from chert nodules / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 20:13-19, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1986.020.01.03 --- Bernd-Dietrich Erdtmann: On the anisograptid affiliation of ‘Dictyonema’ flabelliforme (Eichwald 1840) and its nomenclatural consequences / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 20:21-25, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1986.020.01.04 --- A. C. Lenz and D. E. Jackson: Arenig and Llanvirn graptolite biostratigraphy, Canadian Cordillera / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 20:27-45, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1986.020.01.05 --- Stanley C. Finney and Stig M. Bergström: Biostratigraphy of the Ordovician Nemagraptus gracilis Zone / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 20:47-59, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1986.020.01.06 --- Stig M. Bergström: Biostratigraphic integration of Ordovician graptolite and conodont zones—a regional review / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 20:61-78, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1986.020.01.07 --- N. W. Schleiger: Cluster analysis of isograptid individuals from Bullengarook, Victoria, Australia / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 20:79-96, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1986.020.01.08 --- Nils Spjeldnaes: Astogenetic development of some lower Ordovician graptolites from Norway / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 20:97-102, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1986.020.01.09 --- Stanley C. Finney: Heterochrony, punctuated equilibrium, and graptolite zonal boundaries / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 20:103-113, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1986.020.01.10 --- Jianhua Yu and Yiting Fang: The Ordovician graptolite-bearing strata of Xiushui drainage basin, Jiangxi, southern China and their correlation / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 20:115-117, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1986.020.01.11 --- Charles E. Mitchell: Morphometric studies of Climacograptus (Hall) and the phylogenetic significance of astogeny / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 20:119-129, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1986.020.01.12 --- Li-pu Fu: Graptolite zones of upper Ordovician to middle Silurian age in a continuous section at Ziyang, Shaanxi, China / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 20:131-134, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1986.020.01.13 --- William B.N. Berry: Stratigraphic significance of Glyptograptus persculptus group graptolites in central Nevada, U.S.A. / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 20:135-143, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1986.020.01.14 --- P. Legrand: The lower Silurian graptolites of Oued In Djerane: a study of populations at the Ordovician-Silurian boundary / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 20:145-153, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1986.020.01.15 --- A.M. Obut and N.V. Sennikov: Graptolite zones in the Ordovician and Silurian of the Gorny Altai / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 20:155-164, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1986.020.01.16 --- S. Henry Williams: Top Ordovician and lowest Silurian of Dob’s Linn / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 20:165-171, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1986.020.01.17 --- Shi-cheng Huo and De-gan Shu: The Silurian graptolite-bearing strata in China / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 20:173-179, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1986.020.01.18 --- Merete Bjerreskov: Silurian graptolites from N Greenland / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 20:181-189, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1986.020.01.19 --- Bao Deng: On the morphological characteristics of the spiralis group and the stratigraphic significance of the appearance of Cyrtograptus / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 20:191-195, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1986.020.01.20 --- Shi-cheng Huo, De-gan Shu, and Fu Li-pu: A mathematical study of the Cyrtograptus sakmaricus lineage with discussions of the evolutionary trends in this lineage / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 20:197-205, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1986.020.01.21 --- A. M. Obut and N. M. Zaslavskaya: Families of Retiolitida and their phylogenetic relations / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 20:207-219, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1986.020.01.22 --- D. E. B. Bates and N. H. Kirk: Mode of secretion of graptolite periderm, in normal and retiolite graptolites / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 20:221-236, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1986.020.01.23 --- J. Paškevičius: Assemblages of Silurian graptolites in various facies of the East Baltic region / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 20:237-245, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1986.020.01.24 --- Milena Mihajlović Pavlović: Silurian graptolites from Serbia, Yugoslavia / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 20:247, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1986.020.01.25 --- D. C. Palmer: The monotypic ‘population’ accompanying the lectotype of Saetograptus varians (Wood 1900) / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 20:249-259, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1986.020.01.26 --- P. N. Dilly: Modern pterobranchs: observations on their behaviour and tube building / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 20:261-269, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1986.020.01.27

Description / Table of Contents: P. J. Brenchley and B. P. J. Williams: Preface / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 18:1-3, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1985.018.01.01 --- Fluid Dynamics and Loose-Boundary Hydraulics --- J. R. L. Allen: Loose-boundary hydraulics and fluid mechanics: selected advances since 1961 / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 18:7-28, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1985.018.01.02 --- Facies Models and Modern Sedimentary Environments --- R. Anderton: Clastic facies models and facies analysis / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 18:31-47, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1985.018.01.03 --- I. N. McCave: Recent shelf clastic sediments / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 18:49-65, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1985.018.01.04 --- D. A. V. Stow: Deep-sea clastics: where are we and where are we going? / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 18:67-93, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1985.018.01.05 --- J. K. Leggett: Deep-sea pelagic sediments and palaeo-oceanography: a review of recent progress / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 18:95-121, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1985.018.01.06 --- R. J. Suthren: Facies analysis of volcaniclastic sediments: a review / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 18:123-146, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1985.018.01.07 --- M. E. Tucker: Shallow-marine carbonate facies and facies models / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 18:147-169, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1985.018.01.08 --- Diagenesis --- J. A. D. Dickson: Diagenesis of shallow-marine carbonates / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 18:173-188, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1985.018.01.09 --- S. D. Burley, J. D. Kantorowicz, and B. Waugh: Clastic diagenesis / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 18:189-226, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1985.018.01.10 --- Economic and Applied Aspects --- H. Clemmey: Sedimentary ore deposits / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 18:229-247, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1985.018.01.11 --- H. D. Johnson and D. J. Stewart: Role of clastic sedimentology in the exploration and production of oil and gas in the North Sea / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 18:249-310, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1985.018.01.12 --- T. P. Burchette and S. R. Britton: Carbonate facies analysis in the exploration for hydrocarbons: a case-study from the Cretaceous of the Middle East / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 18:311-338, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1985.018.01.13

Description / Table of Contents: Standard procedures for investigating and testing soil materials for engineering design, construction, and operation and maintenance of water resources structures.

Description / Table of Contents: This is volume I of the two-volume special issue Scattering and Attenuation of Seismic Waves which will contain total 17 invited review papers and about 30 c- tributed papers. The scope and contents of the special issue are described in the following Introduction. This volume includes 21 contributed papers arranged in the following order: Scattering theory and modeling including the scattering attenuation and its separation from the intrinsic attenuation; numerical method and simulation; field observation including coda Q and surface wave Q measurement; inversion; laboratory attenuation measurement of rock samples.

Description / Table of Contents: ing within the downgoing plate, and appears to be assoeiated with segmentation of the subdueting plate produeed by forees related to the subduetion of the Louisville Ridge. To analyze fault plane heterogeneities in the northern Solomon Islands subdue­ tion segment and their association with rupture eharaeteristics in general and the existenee of earthquake doublets in partieular, Xv and SCHWARTZ study in detail two sets of doublets, from 1974 and 1975, and then reloeate 85 underthrusting events in the area. The authors find that few smaller magnitude events overlap asperity regions, and that the majority of small magnitude underthrusting earth­ quak es oeeupy a segment that has never experieneed a magnitude greater than 7.0 earthquake in the historie times. It will be of great value to soeiety when seismologists and geophysieists are able to monitor and prediet the pattern of geophysieal phenomena assoeiated with subduetion; this issue presents a modest step towards this goal. PAGEOPH, Vol. 140, No. 2 (1993) 0033 ~4553;93;020 183 ~ 28$1.50 + 0.20;0 © 1993 Birkhäuser Verlag, Basel Slip Partitioning along Major Convergent Plate Boundaries 2 GUANG YU,l STEVEN G. WESNOUSKY,l and GÖRAN EKSTRÖM Abstract-Along plate boundaries characterized by oblique convergence, earthquake slip vectors are commonly rotated toward the normal of the trench with respect to predicted plate motion vectors. Consequently, relative plate motion along such convergent margins must be partitioned between displacements along the thrust plate interface and deformation within the foreare and back-are regions.

Description / Table of Contents: Knowledge of the relation between sonic velocity in sediments and rock lithology is one of the keys to interpreting data from seismic sections or from acoustic logs of sedimentary sequences. Reliable correlations of rock velocity with other petrophysical parameters, such as porosity or density, are essential for calculating impedance models for synthetic seismic sections (BIDDLE et al. , 1992; CAMPBELL and STAFLEU, 1992) or identifying the origin of reflectivity on seismic lines (SELLAMI et al. , 1990; CHRISTENSEN and SZYMANSKI, 1991). Velocity is thus an important parameter for correlating lithological with geophysical data. Recent studies have increased our understanding of elastic rock properties in siliciclastic or shaly sediments. The causes for variations in velocity have been investigated for siliciclastic rocks (VERNIK and NUR, 1992), mixed carbonate siliciclastic sediments (CHRISTENSEN and SZYMANSKI, 1991), synthetic sand-clay mixtures (MARION et aI. , 1992) or claystones (JAPSEN, 1993). The concepts derived from these studies are however only partly applicable in pure carbonates. Carbon­ ates do not have large compositional variations that are, as is the case in the other sedimentary rocks, responsible for velocity contrasts. Pure carbonates are character­ ized by the lack of any clay or siliciclastic content, but are mostly produced and deposited on the top or on the slope of isolated or detached carbonate platforms, that have no hinterland as a source of terrigeneous material (WILSON, 1975; EBERLI, 1991).

Description / Table of Contents: A. C. Morton, R. S. Haszeldine, M. R. Giles, and S. Brown: Geology of the Brent Group: Introduction / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 61:1-2, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.061.01.01 --- J. M. Bowen: Exploration of the Brent Province / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 61:3-14, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.061.01.02 --- P. C. Richards: An introduction to the Brent Group: a literature review / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 61:15-26, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.061.01.03 --- Graham Yielding, Michael E. Badley, and Alan M. Roberts: The structural evolution of the Brent Province / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 61:27-43, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.061.01.04 --- B. C. Mitchener, D. A. Lawrence, M. A. Partington, M. B. J. Bowman, and J. Gluyas: Brent Group: sequence stratigraphy and regional implications / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 61:45-80, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.061.01.05 --- S. J. C. Cannon, M. R. Giles, M. F. Whitaker, P. M. Please, and S. V. Martin: A regional reassessment of the Brent Group, UK sector, North Sea / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 61:81-107, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.061.01.06 --- W. Helland-Hansen, M. Ashton, L. Lømo, and R. Steel: Advance and retreat of the Brent delta: recent contributions to the depositional model / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 61:109-127, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.061.01.07 --- Elaine S. Scott: The palaeoenvironments and dynamics of the Rannoch—Etive nearshore and coastal succession, Brent Group, northern North Sea / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 61:129-147, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.061.01.08 --- Jan Alexander: A discussion of alluvial sandstone body characteristics related to variations in marine influence, Middle Jurassic of the Cleveland Basin, UK, and the implications for analogous Brent Group strata in the North Sea Basin / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 61:149-167, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.061.01.09 --- M. F. Whitaker, M. R. Giles, and S. J. C. Cannon: Palynological review of the Brent Group, UK sector, north sea / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 61:169-202, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.061.01.10 --- Gwydion Williams: Palynology as a palaeoenvironmental indicator in the Brent Group, northern North Sea / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 61:203-212, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.061.01.11 --- Euan W. Mearns: Samarium-neodymium isotopic constraints on the provenance of the Brent Group / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 61:213-225, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.061.01.12 --- A. C. Morton: Provenance of Brent Group sandstones: heavy mineral constraints / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 61:227-244, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.061.01.13 --- K. Stattegger and A. C. Morton: Statistical analysis of garnet compositions and lithostratigraphic correlation: Brent Group sandstones of the Oseberg Field, northern North Sea / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 61:245-262, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.061.01.14 --- Knut Bjørlykke, Tor Nedkvitne, Mogens Ramm, and Girish C. Saigal: Diagenetic processes in the Brent Group (Middle Jurassic) reservoirs of the North Sea: an overview / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 61:263-287, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.061.01.15 --- M. R. Giles, S. Stevenson, S. V. Martin, S. J. C. Cannon, P. J. Hamilton, J. D. Marshall, and G. M. Samways: The reservoir properties and diagenesis of the Brent Group: a regional perspective / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 61:289-327, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.061.01.16 --- J. Reed Glasmann: The fate of feldspar in Brent Group reservoirs, North Sea: a regional synthesis of diagenesis in shallow, intermediate, and deep burial environments / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 61:329-350, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.061.01.17 --- Nicholas B. Harris: Burial diagenesis of Brent sandstones: a study of Statfjord, Hutton and Lyell fields / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 61:351-375, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.061.01.18 --- P. J. Hamilton, M. R. Giles, and P. Ainsworth: K-Ar dating of illites in Brent Group reservoirs: a regional perspective / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 61:377-400, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.061.01.19 --- R. Stuart Haszeldine, J. F. Brint, A. E. Fallick, P. J. Hamilton, and S. Brown: Open and restricted hydrologies in Brent Group diagenesis: North Sea / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 61:401-419, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.061.01.20 --- A. J. C. Hogg, E. Sellier, and A. J. Jourdan: Cathodoluminescence of quartz cements in Brent Group sandstones, Alwyn South, UK North Sea / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 61:421-440, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.061.01.21 --- Stephen Larter and Idar Horstad: Migration of petroleum into Brent Group reservoirs: some observations from the Gullfaks field, Tampen Spur area North Sea / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 61:441-452, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.061.01.22 --- J. D. Kantorowicz, M. R. P. Eigner, S. E. Livera, F. S. Van Schijndel-Goester, and P. J. Hamilton: Integration of petroleum engineering studies of producing Brent Group fields to predict reservoir properties in the Pelican Field, UK North Sea / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 61:453-469, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.061.01.23 --- Brian Moss: The petrophysical characteristics of the Brent sandstones / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 61:471-496, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.061.01.24 --- Erratum --- Erratum: Brent Group: sequence stratigraphy and regional implications / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 61:ERR, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.061.01.26

Description / Table of Contents: John Parnell: Basins on the Atlantic Seaboard: introduction / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 62:vii-viii, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.062.01.01: Basin Histories and Hydrocarbon Source Rocks --- J. Parnell: Burial histories and hydrocarbon source rocks on the North West Seaboard / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 62:3-16, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.062.01.02 --- Alan M. Stein: Basin development and petroleum potential in The Minches and Sea of the Hebrides Basins / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 62:17-20, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.062.01.03 --- Mark T. Dean: Conodont colour maturation indices for the Carboniferous of west-central Scotland / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 62:21-23, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.062.01.04 --- David J. Mossman: Carboniferous source rocks of the Canadian Atlantic margin / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 62:25-33, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.062.01.05 --- Jane Thrasher: Thermal effect of the Tertiary Cuillins Intrusive Complex in the Jurassic of the Hebrides: an organic geochemical study / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 62:35-49, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.062.01.06 --- Introduction to Mesozoic Basins on the North West Seaboard --- Nicol Morton: Late Triassic to Middle Jurassic stratigraphy, palaeogeography and tectonics west of the British Isles / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 62:53-68, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.062.01.07 --- The Hebridean Basins and Adjacent Areas --- Patrick J. McKeever: Petrography and diagenesis of the Permo-Triassic of Scotland / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 62:71-96, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.062.01.08 --- P. J. McKeever, P. Carey, and J. Quinn: Authigenic K-Feldspar in the Permo-Triassic of northwest Britain: a pilot oxygen isotope study / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 62:93-96, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.062.01.09 --- Nicol Morton: Dynamic stratigraphy of the Triassic and Jurassic of the Hebrides Basin, NW Scotland / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 62:97-110, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.062.01.10 --- J. P. Harris: Mid-Jurassic lagoonal delta systems in the Hebridean basins: thickness and facies distribution patterns of potential reservoir sandbodies / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 62:111-144, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.062.01.11 --- Mark Wilkinson: Concretionary cements in Jurassic sandstones, Isle of Eigg, Inner Hebrides / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 62:145-154, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.062.01.12 --- P. J. Hamilton, A. E. Fallick, J. E. Andrews, and D. J. Whitford: Middle Jurassic clay-minerals from the Minch Basin: isotopic tracing of provenance and post-depositional alteration / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 62:155-158, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.062.01.13 --- Ben Lowden, Sharon Braley, Andrew Hurst, and Jonathan Lewis: Sedimentological studies of the Cretaceous Lochaline Sandstone, NW Scotland / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 62:159-162, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.062.01.14 --- Richard W. England: The role of Palaeocene magmatism in the tectonic evolution of the Sea of the Hebrides Basin: implications for basin evolution on the NW Seaboard / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 62:163-174, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.062.01.15 --- Cherry L. E. Lewis, Andrew Carter, and Anthony J. Hurford: Low-temperature effects of the Skye Tertiary intrusions on Mesozoic sediments in the Sea of Hebrides Basin / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 62:175-188, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.062.01.16 --- Onshore and Offshore North of Ireland --- W. I. Mitchell: The origin of Upper Palaeozoic sedimentary basins in Northern Ireland and relationships with the Canadian Maritime Provinces / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 62:191-202, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.062.01.17 --- M. E. Philcox, H. Baily, G. Clayton, and G. D. Sevastopulo: Evolution of the Carboniferous Lough Allen Basin, Northwest Ireland / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 62:203-215, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.062.01.18 --- J. O. Buckman: Palaeoenvironment of a Lower Carboniferous sandstone succession northwest Ireland: ichnological and sedimentological studies / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 62:217-241, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.062.01.19 --- W. H. Wang: Origin of reddening and secondary porosity in Carboniferous sandstones, Northern Ireland / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 62:243-254, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.062.01.20 --- David Naylor: The post-Variscan history of ireland / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 62:255-275, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.062.01.21 --- Robert J. McCaffrey and Noel McCann: Post-Permian basin history of northeast Ireland / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 62:277-290, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.062.01.22 --- M. R. Dobson and R. J. Whittington: Aspects of the geology of the Malin Sea area / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 62:291-311, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.062.01.23 --- Offshore West and South of Ireland --- Stephen Trueblood: Petroleum geology of the Slyne Trough and adjacent basins / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 62:315-326, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.062.01.24 --- Nicky White, Michael Tate, and John-Joe Conroy: Lithospheric stretching in the Porcupine Basin, west of Ireland / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 62:327-331, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.062.01.25 --- John G. Moore: A syn-rift to post-rift transition sequence in the Main Porcupine Basin, offshore western Ireland / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 62:333-349, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.062.01.26 --- Patrick M. Shannon: Early Tertiary submarine fan deposits in the Porcupine Basin, offshore Ireland / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 62:351-373, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.062.01.27 --- Michael P. Tate: The Clare Lineament: a relic transform fault west of Ireland / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 62:375-384, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.062.01.28 --- A. H. Ruffell and M. P. Coward: Basement tectonics and their relationship to Mesozoic megasequences in the Celtic Seas and Bristol Channel area / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 62:385-394, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.062.01.29 --- The Atlantic Seaboard Beyond the British Isles --- S. P. Srivastava and J. Verhoef: Evolution of Mesozoic sedimentary basins around the North Central Atlantic: a preliminary plate kinematic solution / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 62:397-420, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.062.01.30 --- A. G. Doré: Synoptic palaeogeography of the Northeast Atlantic Seaway: late Permian to Cretaceous / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 62:421-446, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.062.01.31 --- Excursion Guide --- John Parnell, Bryan Monson, and Jim Buckman: Excursion Guide: Basins and petroleum geology in the north of Ireland / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 62:449-464, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1992.062.01.32

Description / Table of Contents: R. F. P. Hardman and J. E. Booth: The significance of normal faults in the exploration and production of North Sea hydrocarbons / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 56:1-13, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1991.056.01.01 --- Seismic and Subsurface Studies --- David Barr: Subsidence and sedimentation in semi-starved half-graben: a model based on North Sea data / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 56:17-28, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1991.056.01.02 --- Joseph Cartwright: The kinematic evolution of the Coffee Soil Fault / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 56:29-40, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1991.056.01.03 --- N. J. Kusznir, G. Marsden, and S. S. Egan: A flexural-cantilever simple-shear/pure-shear model of continental lithosphere extension: applications to the Jeanne d’Arc Basin, Grand Banks and Viking Graben, North Sea / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 56:41-60, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1991.056.01.04 --- Alan M. Roberts and Graham Yielding: Deformation around basin-margin faults in the North Sea/mid-Norway rift / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 56:61-78, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1991.056.01.05 --- G. Yielding, M. E. Badley, and B. Freeman: Seismic reflections from normal faults in the northern North Sea / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 56:79-89, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1991.056.01.06 --- Field-Based Studies --- M. P. Coward, R. Gillcrist, and B. Trudgill: Extensional structures and their tectonic inversion in the Western Alps / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 56:93-112, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1991.056.01.07 --- Andreas G. Koestler and Werner U. Ehrmann: Description of brittle extensional features in chalk on the crest of a salt ridge (NW Germany) / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 56:113-123, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1991.056.01.08 --- Steven Roberts and James Jackson: Active normal faulting in central Greece: an overview / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 56:125-142, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1991.056.01.09 --- Rob Westaway: Continental extension on sets of parallel faults: observational evidence and theoretical models / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 56:143-169, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1991.056.01.10 --- Fault-Displacement Studies --- A. Beach and P. Trayner: The geometry of normal faults in a sector of the offshore Nile Delta, Egypt / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 56:173-182, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1991.056.01.11 --- T. J. Chapman and A. W. Meneilly: The displacement patterns associated with a reverse-reactivated, normal growth fault / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 56:183-191, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1991.056.01.12 --- John J. Walsh and Juan Watterson: Geometric and kinematic coherence and scale effects in normal fault systems / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 56:193-203, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1991.056.01.13 --- Analogue-Modelling and Section-Balancing --- G. Dresen, U. Gwildis, and Th. Kluegel: Numerical and analogue modelling of normal fault geometry / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 56:207-217, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1991.056.01.14 --- Robert W. Krantz: Normal fault geometry and fault reactivation in tectonic inversion experiments / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 56:219-229, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1991.056.01.15 --- K. R. McClay, D. A. Waltham, A. D. Scott, and A. Abousetta: Physical and seismic modelling of listric normal fault geometries / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 56:231-239, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1991.056.01.16 --- Bruno Vendeville: Mechanisms generating normal fault curvature: a review illustrated by physical models / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 56:241-249, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1991.056.01.17 --- Nicky White and Graham Yielding: Calculating normal fault geometries at depth: theory and examples / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 56:251-260, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1991.056.01.18

Description / Table of Contents: M. P. Coward: The Precambrian, Caledonian and Variscan framework to NW Europe / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 55:1-34, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1990.055.01.01 --- Philip H. Heckel: Evidence for global (glacial-eustatic) control over upper Carboniferous (Pennsylvanian) cyclothems in midcontinent North America / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 55:35-47, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1990.055.01.02 --- A. J. Fraser and R. L. Gawthorpe: Tectono-stratigraphic development and hydrocarbon habitat of the Carboniferous in northern England / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 55:49-86, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1990.055.01.03 --- Michael R. Leeder and Martin Hardman: Carboniferous geology of the Southern North Sea Basin and controls on hydrocarbon prospectivity / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 55:87-105, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1990.055.01.04 --- Finn Surlyk: Timing, style and sedimentary evolution of Late Palaeozoic-Mesozoic extensional basins of East Greenland / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 55:107-125, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1990.055.01.05 --- K. W. Glennie: Rotliegend sediment distribution: a result of late Carboniferous movements / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 55:127-138, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1990.055.01.06 --- R. Steel and A. Ryseth: The Triassic — early Jurassic succession in the northern North Sea: megasequence stratigraphy and intra-Triassic tectonics / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 55:139-168, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1990.055.01.07 --- B. M. Cox: A review of Jurassic chronostratigraphy and age indicators for the UK / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 55:169-190, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1990.055.01.08 --- Philip C. Richards: The early to mid-Jurassic evolution of the northern North Sea / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 55:191-205, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1990.055.01.09 --- David M. Latin, John E. Dixon, Nicky White, and J. Godfrey Fitton: Mesozoic magmatic activity in the North Sea Basin: implications for stretching history / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 55:207-227, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1990.055.01.10 --- Alan M. Roberts, John D. Price, and Terkel Svava Olsen: Late Jurassic half-graben control on the siting and structure of hydrocarbon accumulations: UK/Norwegian Central Graben / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 55:229-257, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1990.055.01.11 --- S. A. R. Boldy and S. Brealey: Timing, nature and sedimentary result of Jurassic tectonism in the Outer Moray Firth / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 55:259-279, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1990.055.01.12 --- A. M. Spencer and V. B. Larsen: Fault traps in the Northern North Sea / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 55:281-298, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1990.055.01.13 --- D. O’Driscoll, A. D. Hindle, and D. C. Long: The structural controls on Upper Jurassic and Lower Cretaceous reservoir sandstones in the Witch Ground Graben, UK North Sea / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 55:299-323, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1990.055.01.14 --- Hans Bisewski: Occurrence and depositional environment of the Lower Cretaceous sands in the southern Witch Ground Graben / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 55:325-338, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1990.055.01.15 --- N. J. Milton, G. T. Bertram, and I. R. Vann: Early Palaeogene tectonics and sedimentation in the Central North Sea / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 55:339-351, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1990.055.01.16 --- A. W. Harding, T. J. Humphrey, A. Latham, M. K. Lunsford, and M. H. Strider: Controls on Eocene submarine fan deposition in the Witch Ground Graben / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 55:353-367, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1990.055.01.17 --- Richard K. Morgan: Cenozoic subsidence and uplift in the North Sea region: Implications for mechanisms of basin formation / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 55:369, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1990.055.01.18 --- Malcolm Butler and Christopher P. Pullan: Tertiary structures and hydrocarbon entrapment in the Weald Basin of southern England / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 55:371-391, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1990.055.01.19 --- B. van Hoorn: Tectonic events responsible for Britain’s oil and gas reserves: a summary / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 55:393-395, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1990.055.01.20

Description / Table of Contents: P. D. W. Haughton, S. P. Todd, and A. C. Morton: Sedimentary provenance studies / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 57:1-11, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1991.057.01.01 --- P. Allen: Provenance research: Torridonian and Wealden / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 57:13-21, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1991.057.01.02 --- Gian Gaspare Zuffa: On the use of turbidite arenites in provenance studies: critical remarks / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 57:23-29, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1991.057.01.03 --- Andrew C. Morton: Geochemical studies of detrital heavy minerals and their application to provenance research / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 57:31-45, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1991.057.01.04 --- Amparo Tortosa, Marta Palomares, and José Arribas: Quartz grain types in Holocene deposits from the Spanish Central System: some problems in provenance analysis / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 57:47-54, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1991.057.01.05 --- Abhijit Basu and Emanuela Molinaroli: Reliability and application of detrital opaque Fe-Ti oxide minerals in provenance determination / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 57:55-65, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1991.057.01.06 --- Anthony J. Hurford and Andrew Carter: The role of fission track dating in discrimination of provenance / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 57:67-78, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1991.057.01.07 --- D. J. Batten: Reworking of plant microfossils and sedimentary provenance / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 57:79-90, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1991.057.01.08 --- Michael A. Velbel and Mounir K. Saad: Palaeoweathering or diagenesis as the principal modifier of sandstone framework composition? A case study from some Triassic rift-valley redbeds of eastern North America / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 57:91-99, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1991.057.01.09 --- A. E. Milodowski and J. A. Zalasiewicz: Redistribution of rare earth elements during diagenesis of turbidite/hemipelagite mudrock sequences of Llandovery age from central Wales / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 57:101-124, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1991.057.01.10 --- R. Valloni, D. Lazzari, and M. A. Calzolari: Selective alteration of arkose framework in Oligo-Miocene turbidites of the Northern Apennines foreland: impact on sedimentary provenance analysis / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 57:125-136, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1991.057.01.11 --- R. A. Cliff, S. E. Drewery, and M. R. Leeder: Sourcelands for the Carboniferous Pennine river system: constraints from sedimentary evidence and U-Pb geochronology using zircon and monazite / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 57:137-159, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1991.057.01.12 --- Jane A. Evans, Philip Stone, and James D. Floyd: Isotopic characteristics of Ordovician greywacke provenance in the Southern Uplands of Scotland / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 57:161-172, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1991.057.01.13 --- P. A. Floyd, R. Shail, B. E. Leveridge, and W. Franke: Geochemistry and provenance of Rhenohercynian synorogenic sandstones: implications for tectonic environment discrimination / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 57:173-188, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1991.057.01.14 --- Christopher M. Gerrard: Sedimentary petrology and the archaeologist: the study of ancient ceramics / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 57:189-197, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1991.057.01.15 --- John R. Graham, John P. Wrafter, Stephen Daly, and Julian F. Menuge: A local source for the Ordovician Derryveeny Formation, western Ireland: implications for the Connemara Dalradian / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 57:199-213, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1991.057.01.16 --- T. McCann: Petrological and geochemical determination of provenance in the southern Welsh Basin / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 57:215-230, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1991.057.01.17 --- Duncan Pirrie: Controls on the petrographic evolution of an active margin sedimentary sequence: the Larsen Basin, Antarctica / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 57:231-249, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1991.057.01.18 --- Bernard Humphreys, Andrew C. Morton, Claire R. Hallsworth, Robert W. Gatliff, and James B. Riding: An integrated approach to provenance studies: a case example from the Upper Jurassic of the Central Graben, North Sea / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 57:251-262, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1991.057.01.19 --- José Arribas and M. Eugenia Arribas: Petrographic evidence of different provenance in two alluvial fan systems (Palaeogene of the northern Tajo Basin, Spain) / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 57:263-271, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1991.057.01.20 --- I. R. Garden: Changes in the provenance of pebbly detritus in southern Britain and northern France associated with basin rifting / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 57:273-289, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1991.057.01.21 --- Gary Nichols, Kusnama, and Robert Hall: Sandstones of arc and ophiolite provenance in backarc basin, Halmahera, eastern Indonesia / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 57:291-303, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1991.057.01.22 --- Peter A. Cawood: Nature and record of igneous activity in the Tonga arc, SW Pacific, deduced from the phase chemistry of derived detrital grains / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 57:305-321, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1991.057.01.23 --- Martin J. Evans and Maria A. Mange-Rajetzky: The provenance of sediments in the Barrême thrust-top basin, Haute-Provence, France / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 57:323-342, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1991.057.01.24 --- Simon J. Cuthbert: Evolution of the Devonian Hornelen Basin, west Norway: new constraints from petrological studies of metamorphic clasts / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 57:343-360, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1991.057.01.25

Description / Table of Contents: Introduction --- K. W. Glennie: Desert sediments: ancient and modern / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 35:1-4, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.035.01.01: Fluvial Sediments: Process and Form --- A. P. Schick, J. Lekach, and M. A. Hassan: Vertical exchange of coarse bedload in desert streams / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 35:7-16, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.035.01.02 --- S. Grossman and R. Gerson: Fluviatile deposits and morphology of alluvial surfaces as indicators of Quaternary environmental changes in the southern Negev, Israel / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 35:17-29, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.035.01.03 --- J. K. Maizels: Plio-Pleistocene raised channel systems of the western Sharqiya (Wahiba), Oman / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 35:31-50, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.035.01.04 --- Tectonism, Climatic Change and Fluviatile Desert Sediments --- L. E. Frostick and I. Reid: Tectonic control of desert sediments in rift basins ancient and modern / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 35:53-68, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.035.01.05 --- H. Olsen: Ancient ephemeral stream deposits: a local terminal fan model from the Bunter Sandstone Formation (L. Triassic) in the Tønder-3, -4 and -5 wells, Denmark / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 35:69-86, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.035.01.06 --- A. M. Harvey: Alluvial fan dissection: relationships between morphology and sedimentation / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 35:87-103, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.035.01.07 --- M. A. J. Williams, P. I. Abell, and B. W. Sparks: Quaternary landforms, sediments, depositional environments and gastropod isotope ratios at Adrar Bous, Tenere Desert of Niger, south-central Sahara / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 35:105-125, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.035.01.08 --- Aeolian Sediments: Dust Dynamics and Deposits --- W. B. Whalley, B. J. Smith, J. J. McAlister, and A. J. Edwards: Aeolian abrasion of quartz particles and the production of silt-size fragments: preliminary results / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 35:129-138, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.035.01.09 --- K. Pye and H. Tsoar: The mechanics and geological implications of dust transport and deposition in deserts with particular reference to loess formation and dune sand diagenesis in the northern Negev, Israel / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 35:139-156, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.035.01.10 --- R. Gerson and R. Amit: Rates and modes of dust accretion and deposition in an arid region—the Negev, Israel / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 35:157-169, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.035.01.11 --- H. Vine: Wind-blown materials and W African soils: an explanation of the ‘ferrallitic soil over loose sandy sediments’ profile / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 35:171-183, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.035.01.12 --- Dune Dynamics and Deposits --- A. Gunatilaka and S. Mwango: Continental sabkha pans and associated nebkhas in southern Kuwait, Arabian Gulf / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 35:187-203, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.035.01.13 --- A. Warren and S. Kay: Dune networks / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 35:205-212, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.035.01.14 --- L. B. Clemmensen: Complex star dunes and associated aeolian bedforms, Hopeman Sandstone (Permo-Triassic), Moray Firth Basin, Scotland / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 35:213-231, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.035.01.15 --- B. P. J. Williams, E. K. Wild, and R. J. Suttill: Late Palaeozoic cold-climate aeolianites, southern Cooper Basin, South Australia / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 35:233-249, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.035.01.16 --- R. A. Carruthers: Aeolian sedimentation from the Galtymore Formation (Devonian), Ireland / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 35:251-268, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.035.01.17 --- Grain Size, Process and Dune Environment --- E. C. Flenley, N. R. J. Fieller, and D. D. Gilbertson: The statistical analysis of ‘mixed’ grain size distributions from aeolian sands in the Libyan Pre-Desert using log skew Laplace models / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 35:271-280, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.035.01.18 --- I. Livingstone: Grain-size variation on a ‘complex’ linear dune in the Namib Desert / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 35:281-291, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.035.01.19 --- D. S. G. Thomas: Discrimination of depositional environments using sedimentary characteristics in the Mega Kalahari, central southern Africa / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 35:293-306, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.035.01.20 --- Chemical Sediments --- D. A. Hendry: Silica and calcium carbonate replacement of plant roots in tropical dune sands, SE India / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 35:309-319, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.035.01.21 --- C. R. Roberts and C. W. Mitchell: Spring mounds in southern Tunisia / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 35:321-334, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.035.01.22 --- Remote Sensing of Desert Sediments --- C. S. Breed, J. F. McCauley, and P. A. Davis: Sand sheets of the eastern Sahara and ripple blankets on Mars / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 35:337-359, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.035.01.23 --- M. M. Ashour: Surficial deposits of Qatar Peninsula / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 35:361-367, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.035.01.24 --- A. C. Millington, A. R. Jones, N. Quarmby, and J. R. G. Townshend: Remote sensing of sediment transfer processes in playa basins / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 35:369-381, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.035.01.25

Description / Table of Contents: Andrew C. Scott: Coal and coal-bearing strata: recent advances and future prospects / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 32:1-6, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.032.01.01 --- P. D. Moore: Ecological and hydrological aspects of peat formation / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 32:7-15, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.032.01.02 --- R. S. Clymo: Rainwater-fed peat as a precursor of coal / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 32:17-23, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.032.01.03 --- A. M. Ziegler, A. L. Raymond, T. C. Gierlowski, M. A. Horrell, D. B. Rowley, and A. L. Lottes: Coal, climate and terrestrial productivity: the present and early Cretaceous compared / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 32:25-49, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.032.01.04 --- Peter J. McCabe: Facies studies of coal and coal-bearing strata / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 32:51-66, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.032.01.05 --- Margaret E. Collinson and Andrew C. Scott: Implications of vegetational change through the geological record on models for coal-forming environments / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 32:67-85, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.032.01.06 --- D. J. Casagrande: Sulphur in peat and coal / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 32:87-105, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.032.01.07 --- Arthur D. Cohen, William Spackman, and Robert Raymond, Jr: Interpreting the characteristics of coal seams from chemical, physical and petrographic studies of peat deposits / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 32:107-125, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.032.01.08 --- Marlies Teichmüller: Recent advances in coalification studies and their application to geology / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 32:127-169, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.032.01.09 --- D. A. Spears: Mineral matter in coals, with special reference to the Pennine Coalfields / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 32:171-185, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.032.01.10 --- K. M. Bartram: Lycopod succession in coals: an example from the Low Barnsley Seam (Westphalian B), Yorkshire, England / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 32:187-199, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.032.01.11 --- I. M. Fulton: Genesis of the Warwickshire Thick Coal: a group of long-residence histosols / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 32:201-218, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.032.01.12 --- D. K. Hobday: Gondwana coal basins of Australia and South Africa: tectonic setting, depositional systems and resources / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 32:219-233, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.032.01.13 --- D. H. Land and C. M. Jones: Coal geology and exploration of part of the Tertiary Kutei Basin in East Kalimantan, Indonesia / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 32:235-255, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.032.01.14 --- D. G. Murchison: Recent advances in organic petrology and organic geochemistry: an overview with some reference to ‘oil from coal’ / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 32:257-302, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.032.01.15 --- Ganjavar Khavari Khorasani: Oil-prone coals of the Walloon Coal Measures, Surat Basin, Australia / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 32:303-310, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.032.01.16

Description / Table of Contents: General Topics and Reviews --- S. R. Taylor: Geochemical and Petrological Significance of the Archaean-Proterozoic Boundary / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 33:3-8, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.033.01.01 --- R. P. Hall, D. J. Hughes, C. R. L. Friend, and G. L. Snyder: Proterozoic Mantle Heterogeneity: Geochemical Evidence from Contrasting Basic Dykes / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 33:9-21, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.033.01.02 --- D. Rickard: Proterozoic Volcanogenic Mineralization Styles / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 33:23-35, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.033.01.03 --- Early Proterozoic Volcanic Suites of the Baltic Shield --- T. C. Pharaoh, A. Warren, and N. J. Walsh: Early Proterozoic Metavolcanic Suites of the Northernmost Part of the Baltic Shield / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 33:41-58, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.033.01.04 --- M. Honkamo: Geochemistry and Tectonic Setting of Early Proterozoic Volcanic Rocks in Northern Ostrobothnia, Finland / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 33:59-68, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.033.01.05 --- Waldo Vivallo and Lars-Åke Claesson: Intra-Arc Rifting and Massive Sulphide Mineralization in an Early Proterozoic Volcanic Arc, Skellefte District, Northern Sweden / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 33:69-79, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.033.01.06 --- Joanna Parr and David Rickard: Early Proterozoic Subaerial Volcanism and Its Relationship to Broken Hill-type Mineralization in Central Sweden / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 33:81-93, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.033.01.07 --- H. Colley and L. Westra: The Volcano-Tectonic Setting and Mineralization of the Early Proterozoic Kemiö-Orijärvi-Lohja Belt, SW Finland / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 33:95-107, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.033.01.08 --- Early and Middle Proterozoic Volcanic Suites of the Laurentian and North Atlantic Shields --- W. R. A. Baragar and R. F. J. Scoates: Volcanic Geochemistry of the Northern Segments of the Circum-Superior Belt of the Canadian Shield / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 33:113-131, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.033.01.09 --- N. T. Arndt, G. E. Brügmann, K. Lehnert, C. Chauvel, and B. W. Chappell: Geochemistry, Petrogenesis and Tectonic Environment of Circum-Superior Belt Basalts, Canada / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 33:133-145, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.033.01.10 --- J. F. Lewry, R. MacDonald, C. Livesey, M. Meyer, R. Van Schmus, and M. E. Bickford: U-Pb Geochronology of Accreted Terranes in the Trans-Hudson Orogen, Northern Saskatchewan, Canada / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 33:147-166, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.033.01.11 --- B. R. Watters and J. A. Pearce: Metavolcanic Rocks of the La Ronge Domain in the Churchill Province, Saskatchewan: Geochemical Evidence for a Volcanic Arc Origin / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 33:167-182, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.033.01.12 --- J. W. Gaskarth and G. R. Parslow: Proterozoic Volcanism in the Flin Flon Greenstone Belt, East-Central Saskatchewan, Canada / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 33:183-200, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.033.01.13 --- Charles F. Gower and Bruce Ryan: Two Stage Felsic Volcanism in the Lower Proterozoic Upper Aillik Group, Labrador, Canada: Its Relationship to Syn- and Post-Kinematic Plutonism / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 33:201-210, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.033.01.14 --- K. C. Condie: Early Proterozoic Volcanic Regimes in Southwestern North America / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 33:211-218, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.033.01.15 --- A. N. LeCheminant, A. R. Miller, and G. M. LeCheminant: Early Proterozoic Alkaline Igneous Rocks, District of Keewatin, Canada: Petrogenesis and Mineralization / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 33:219-240, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.033.01.16 --- A. B. Ryan, W. R. A. Baragar, and D. J. Kontak: Geochemistry, Tectonic Setting, and Mineralization of High-Potassium Middle Proterozoic Rocks in Central Labrador, Canada / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 33:241-254, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.033.01.17 --- Y. A. Johnson, R. G. Park, and J. A. Winchester: Geochemistry, Petrogenesis and Tectonic Significance of the Early Proterozoic Loch Maree Group Amphibolites of the Lewisian Complex, NW Scotland / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 33:255-269, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.033.01.18 --- Proterozoic Volcanic Suites of the Guiana Shield --- A. K. Gibbs: Proterozoic Volcanic Rocks of the Northern Guiana Shield, South America / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 33:275-288, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.033.01.19 --- R. Renner and A. K. Gibbs: Geochemistry and Petrology of Metavolcanic Rocks of the Early Proterozoic Mazaruni Greenstone Belt, Northern Guyana / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 33:289-309, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.033.01.20 --- Proterozoic Volcanic Suites of Africa --- R. E. Myers, R. G. Cawthorn, T. S. McCarthy, and C. R. Anhaeusser: Fundamental Uniformity in the Trace Element Patterns of the Volcanics of the Kaapvaal Craton from 3000 to 2100 Ma: Evidence for the Lithospheric Origin of These Continental Tholeiites / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 33:315-325, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.033.01.21 --- D. L. Reid, A. J. Erlank, H. J. Welke, and A. Moyes: The Orange River Group: a Major Proterozoic Calcalkaline Volcanic Belt in the Western Namaqua Province, Southern Africa / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 33:327-346, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.033.01.22 --- G. Borg and K. J. Maiden: Alteration of Late Middle Proterozoic Volcanics and its Relation to Stratabound Copper-Silver-Gold Mineralization Along the Margin of the Kalahari Craton in Swa/Namibia and Botswana / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 33:347-354, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.033.01.23 --- J. H. Breitkopf and K. J. Maiden: Geochemical Patterns of Metabasites in the Southern Part of the Damara Orogen, SWA/Namibia: Applicability to the Recognition of Tectonic Environment / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 33:355-361, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.033.01.24 --- P. M. Klemenic: The Geochemistry of Upper Proterozoic Lavas From the Red Sea Hills, NE Sudan / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 33:363-372, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.033.01.25 --- Proterozoic Volcanic Suites of Australia --- L. A. I. Wyborn, R. W. Page, and A. J. Parker: Geochemical and Geochronological Signatures in Australian Proterozoic Igneous Rocks / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 33:377-394, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.033.01.26 --- S. D. James, J. A. Pearce, and R. A. Oliver: The Geochemistry of the Lower Proterozoic Willyama Complex Volcanics, Broken Hill Block, New South Wales / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 33:395-408, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.033.01.27 --- I. H. Wilson: Geochemistry of Proterozoic Volcanics, Mount Isa Inlier, Australia / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 33:409-423, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.033.01.28 --- L. A. I. Wyborn: The Petrology and Geochemistry of Alteration Assemblages in the Eastern Creek Volcanics, as a Guide to Copper and Uranium Mobility Associated with Regional Metamorphism and Deformation, Mount Isa, Queensland / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 33:425-434, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.033.01.29 --- Proterozoic Volcanic Suites of Asia --- Jia Chengzao: Geochemistry and Tectonics of the Xionger Group in the Eastern Qinling Mountains of China—a mid Proterozoic Volcanic arc Related to Plate Subduction / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 33:436-448, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.033.01.30 --- Middle to Late Proterozoic Volcanic Suites of the North Atlantic Borderlands --- T. E. Smith and P. E. Holm: The Trace Element Geochemistry of Metavolcanics and Dykes From the Central Metasedimentary Belt of the Grenville Province, Southeastern Ontario, Canada / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 33:453-470, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.033.01.31 --- T. S. Brewer and B. P. Atkin: Geochemical and Tectonic Evolution of the Proterozoic Telemark Supracrustals, Southern Norway / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 33:471-487, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.033.01.32 --- J. A. Winchester, M. D. Max, and C. B. Long: Trace Element Geochemical Correlation in the Reworked Proterozoic Dalradian Metavolcanic Suites of the Western Ox Mountains and NW Mayo Inliers, Ireland / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 33:489-502, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.033.01.33 --- G. J. Lees, R. A. Roach, M. M. Shufflebotham, and N. H. Griffiths: Upper Proterozoic Basaltic Volcanism in the Northern Massif Armoricain, France / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 33:503-523, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.033.01.34 --- B. Cabanis, J. Chantraine, and D. Rabu: Geochemical Study of the Brioverian (late Proterozoic) Volcanic Rocks in the Northern Armorican Massif (France). Implications for Geodynamic Evolution During the Cadomian / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 33:525-539, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.033.01.35 --- T. C. Pharaoh, P. C. Webb, R. S. Thorpe, and R. D. Beckinsale: Geochemical Evidence for the Tectonic Setting of Late Proterozoic Volcanic Suites in Central England / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 33:541-552, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1987.033.01.36